[gdb,testsuite,doc,NEWS] Fix "the the".
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texi
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
b3adc24a 2@c Copyright (C) 1991-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132 34@ifset AOUT
a8eb42a8 35@set aout
252b5132
RH
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
f8861f5d
JM
43@ifset BPF
44@set BPF
45@end ifset
252b5132
RH
46@ifset H8/300
47@set H8
48@end ifset
252b5132
RH
49@ifset SH
50@set H8
51@end ifset
52@ifset HPPA
53@set abnormal-separator
54@end ifset
55@c ------------
56@ifset GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS}
58@end ifset
59@ifclear GENERIC
60@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
61@end ifclear
62@setchapternewpage odd
63@c %**end of header
64
65@c @smallbook
66@c @set SMALL
67@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
68@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
69@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
70@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 71@c
252b5132
RH
72@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
73@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
74@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
75@c break.
01642c12 76@c
252b5132
RH
77@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
78@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
79@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
80@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 81@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
82@ifinfo
83@set SMALL
84@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
85@c might as well show 'em anyways.
86@end ifinfo
87
9160ea82
AM
88@ifnottex
89@dircategory Software development
90@direntry
252b5132 91* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 92* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
93@end direntry
94@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
b3adc24a 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 104
0285c67d 105Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 106under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
107or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
108with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
109Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 110section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
111
112@c man end
0e9517a9 113@end copying
252b5132
RH
114
115@titlepage
116@title Using @value{AS}
117@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
118@ifclear GENERIC
119@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
120@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
121@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
122@sp 1
123@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
124@end ifset
252b5132
RH
125@sp 1
126@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
127@sp 1
128@sp 13
b45619c0 129The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 130Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 131first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
132The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
133distracting the boss while they got some work
134done.
135@sp 3
136@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
137@page
138@tex
139{\parskip=0pt
140\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
141\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
142}
143%"boxit" macro for figures:
144%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
145\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
146 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
147#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
148\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
149@end tex
150
151@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
b3adc24a 152Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 153
cf055d54 154 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 155 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
156 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
157 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
158 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 159 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 160
252b5132 161@end titlepage
4ecceb71 162@contents
252b5132 163
2e64b665 164@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
165@node Top
166@top Using @value{AS}
167
e49e529d
JM
168This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
169@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
170@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
171@end ifset
172version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 173@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 174This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
175code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
176@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
177
178This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
179Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 180section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 181
252b5132
RH
182@menu
183* Overview:: Overview
184* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
185* Syntax:: Syntax
186* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
187* Symbols:: Symbols
188* Expressions:: Expressions
189* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
190@ifset ELF
191* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
192@end ifset
252b5132
RH
193* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
194* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
195* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 196* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 197* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 198@end menu
2e64b665 199@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
200
201@node Overview
202@chapter Overview
203@iftex
a4fb0134 204This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 205@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 206This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
207code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
208@end ifclear
209@end iftex
210
211@cindex invocation summary
212@cindex option summary
213@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 214Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 215see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 216
0285c67d
NC
217@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
218
a4fb0134 219@ignore
0285c67d
NC
220@c man begin SEEALSO
221gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
222@c man end
a4fb0134 223@end ignore
0285c67d 224
252b5132
RH
225@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
226@c to be limited to one line for the header.
227@smallexample
0285c67d 228@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 229@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 230 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 231 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 232 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
b40bf0a2 233 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
66f8b2cb 234 [@b{--gdwarf-cie-version}=@var{VERSION}]
b40bf0a2 235 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
236 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
237 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
d60646b9 238 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}]
2edb36e7 239 [@b{--no-pad-sections}]
d60646b9
NC
240 [@b{-o} @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}]
241 [@b{--hash-size}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}]
242 [@b{--statistics}]
243 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}]
244 [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}] [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}]
245 [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
451133ce 246 [@b{--sectname-subst}] [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
b8871f35 247 [@b{--elf-stt-common=[no|yes]}]
0df8ad28 248 [@b{--generate-missing-build-notes=[no|yes]}]
a0b7da79
MM
249 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
250 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134 251@c
6387924a 252@c man end
a4fb0134 253@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 254@c Add an empty line for separation.
6387924a 255@c man begin TARGET
a06ea964
NC
256@ifset AARCH64
257
258@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
259 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 260 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 261@end ifset
625e1353
RH
262@ifset ALPHA
263
264@emph{Target Alpha options:}
265 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
266 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 267 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
268 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
269 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
270@end ifset
252b5132 271@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
272
273@emph{Target ARC options:}
886a2506
NC
274 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
275 [@b{-mA6}|@b{-mARC600}|@b{-mARC601}|@b{-mA7}|@b{-mARC700}|@b{-mEM}|@b{-mHS}]
276 [@b{-mcode-density}]
4670103e 277 [@b{-mrelax}]
a4fb0134 278 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
279@end ifset
280@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
281
282@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 283@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
284 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
285 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
286 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
287 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 288 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 289 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
290 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
291 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
292 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 293 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 294@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
295@ifset Blackfin
296
297@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
298 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
299 [@b{-mfdpic}]
300 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
301 [@b{-mnopic}]
302@end ifset
f8861f5d
JM
303@ifset BPF
304
305@emph{Target BPF options:}
306 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}]
307@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
308@ifset CRIS
309
310@emph{Target CRIS options:}
311 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
312 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
313 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 314 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
315@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
316@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
317@end ifset
b8891f8d
AJ
318@ifset CSKY
319
320@emph{Target C-SKY options:}
321 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
322 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-mlittle-endian}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-mbig-endian}]
323 [@b{-fpic}] [@b{-pic}]
324 [@b{-mljump}] [@b{-mno-ljump}]
325 [@b{-force2bsr}] [@b{-mforce2bsr}] [@b{-no-force2bsr}] [@b{-mno-force2bsr}]
326 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-mjsri2bsr}] [@b{-no-jsri2bsr }] [@b{-mno-jsri2bsr}]
327 [@b{-mnolrw }] [@b{-mno-lrw}]
328 [@b{-melrw}] [@b{-mno-elrw}]
329 [@b{-mlaf }] [@b{-mliterals-after-func}]
330 [@b{-mno-laf}] [@b{-mno-literals-after-func}]
331 [@b{-mlabr}] [@b{-mliterals-after-br}]
332 [@b{-mno-labr}] [@b{-mnoliterals-after-br}]
333 [@b{-mistack}] [@b{-mno-istack}]
334 [@b{-mhard-float}] [@b{-mmp}] [@b{-mcp}] [@b{-mcache}]
335 [@b{-msecurity}] [@b{-mtrust}]
336 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-medsp}] [@b{-mvdsp}]
337@end ifset
252b5132 338@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
339
340@emph{Target D10V options:}
341 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
342@end ifset
343@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
344
345@emph{Target D30V options:}
346 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 347@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
348@ifset EPIPHANY
349
350@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
351 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
352@end ifset
252b5132 353@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
354
355@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
356 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
357@end ifset
358@ifset HPPA
359@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
360@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
361@ifset I80386
362
363@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 364 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 365 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132 366@end ifset
587fe2b3 367@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 368
9e32ca89
NC
369@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
370 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
371 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
372 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 373 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 374 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 375 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
376 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
377@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
378@ifset IP2K
379
380@emph{Target IP2K options:}
381 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
382@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
383@ifset M32C
384
385@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 386 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 387@end ifset
587fe2b3 388@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 389
a4fb0134
SC
390@emph{Target M32R options:}
391 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 392 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 393@end ifset
252b5132 394@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
395
396@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
397 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 398@end ifset
60bcf0fa 399@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
400
401@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 402 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
403 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
404 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 405 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
406 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
407 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
408@end ifset
409@ifset MCORE
410
411@emph{Target MCORE options:}
412 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
413 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 414@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
415@ifset METAG
416
417@emph{Target Meta options:}
418 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
419@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
420@ifset MICROBLAZE
421@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
422@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
423@end ifset
252b5132 424@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
425
426@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 427 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 428 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 429 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5 430 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
351cdf24
MF
431 [@b{-mfp64}] [@b{-mgp64}] [@b{-mfpxx}]
432 [@b{-modd-spreg}] [@b{-mno-odd-spreg}]
437ee9d5 433 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 434 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
7361da2c
AB
435 [@b{-mips32r3}] [@b{-mips32r5}] [@b{-mips32r6}] [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
436 [@b{-mips64r3}] [@b{-mips64r5}] [@b{-mips64r6}]
437ee9d5 437 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
8b10b0b3 438 [@b{-mignore-branch-isa}] [@b{-mno-ignore-branch-isa}]
ba92f887 439 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 440 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 441 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
25499ac7 442 [@b{-mmips16e2}] [@b{-mno-mips16e2}]
df58fc94 443 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 444 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 445 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 446 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 447 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 448 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
8f4f9071 449 [@b{-mdspr3}] [@b{-mno-dspr3}]
56d438b1 450 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
7d64c587 451 [@b{-mxpa}] [@b{-mno-xpa}]
ef2e4d86 452 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 453 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
730c3174 454 [@b{-mcrc}] [@b{-mno-crc}]
6f20c942 455 [@b{-mginv}] [@b{-mno-ginv}]
8095d2f7 456 [@b{-mloongson-mmi}] [@b{-mno-loongson-mmi}]
716c08de 457 [@b{-mloongson-cam}] [@b{-mno-loongson-cam}]
bdc6c06e 458 [@b{-mloongson-ext}] [@b{-mno-loongson-ext}]
a693765e 459 [@b{-mloongson-ext2}] [@b{-mno-loongson-ext2}]
833794fc 460 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 461 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 462 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
463 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
464 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
27c634e0 465 [@b{-mfix-r5900}] [@b{-mno-fix-r5900}]
ecb4347a 466 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 467 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
468@end ifset
469@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
470
471@emph{Target MMIX options:}
472 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
473 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
474 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 475 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 476@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
477@ifset NIOSII
478
479@emph{Target Nios II options:}
480 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
481 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
482@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
483@ifset NDS32
484
485@emph{Target NDS32 options:}
486 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
487 [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}]
488 [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}]
489 [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}]
490 [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}]
491 [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}]
492 [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}]
493 [@b{-mb2bb}]
494@end ifset
1f041c6e
SH
495@ifset OPENRISC
496@c OpenRISC has no machine-dependent assembler options.
497@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
498@ifset PDP11
499
500@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
501 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
502 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 503 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
504@end ifset
505@ifset PJ
506
507@emph{Target picoJava options:}
508 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
509@end ifset
510@ifset PPC
511
512@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
513 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
514 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
fa758a70
AC
515 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mgekko}|
516 @b{-mbroadway}|@b{-mppc64}|@b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|
517 @b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|@b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|
518 @b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|@b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-mpower9}|@b{-mpwr9}@b{-ma2}|
74081948 519 @b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mspe2}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
5817ffd1 520 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 521 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
522 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
523 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 524 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 525 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 526@end ifset
93f11b16
DD
527@ifset PRU
528
529@emph{Target PRU options:}
530 [@b{-link-relax}]
531 [@b{-mnolink-relax}]
532 [@b{-mno-warn-regname-label}]
533@end ifset
b57e49f7
JW
534@ifset RISCV
535
536@emph{Target RISC-V options:}
537 [@b{-fpic}|@b{-fPIC}|@b{-fno-pic}]
538 [@b{-march}=@var{ISA}]
539 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
540@end ifset
856ea05c
KP
541@ifset RL78
542
543@emph{Target RL78 options:}
544 [@b{-mg10}]
545 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
546@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
547@ifset RX
548
549@emph{Target RX options:}
550 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 551 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
552 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
553 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
554 [@b{-mpid}]
555 [@b{-mrelax}]
556 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
557 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 558@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
559@ifset S390
560
561@emph{Target s390 options:}
562 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
563 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
564 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
565@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
566@ifset SCORE
567
568@emph{Target SCORE options:}
569 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
570 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
571 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
572 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
573@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
574@ifset SPARC
575
576@emph{Target SPARC options:}
577@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
46a2d504
JM
578 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Aleon}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
579 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av8plusb}|@b{-Av8plusc}|@b{-Av8plusd}
580 @b{-Av8plusv}|@b{-Av8plusm}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}|@b{-Av9b}|@b{-Av9c}
581 @b{-Av9d}|@b{-Av9e}|@b{-Av9v}|@b{-Av9m}|@b{-Asparc}|@b{-Asparcvis}
582 @b{-Asparcvis2}|@b{-Asparcfmaf}|@b{-Asparcima}|@b{-Asparcvis3}
583 @b{-Asparcvisr}|@b{-Asparc5}]
584 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}]|@b{-xarch=v8plusb}|@b{-xarch=v8plusc}
585 @b{-xarch=v8plusd}|@b{-xarch=v8plusv}|@b{-xarch=v8plusm}|@b{-xarch=v9}
586 @b{-xarch=v9a}|@b{-xarch=v9b}|@b{-xarch=v9c}|@b{-xarch=v9d}|@b{-xarch=v9e}
587 @b{-xarch=v9v}|@b{-xarch=v9m}|@b{-xarch=sparc}|@b{-xarch=sparcvis}
588 @b{-xarch=sparcvis2}|@b{-xarch=sparcfmaf}|@b{-xarch=sparcima}
589 @b{-xarch=sparcvis3}|@b{-xarch=sparcvisr}|@b{-xarch=sparc5}
590 @b{-bump}]
a4fb0134 591 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
46a2d504 592 [@b{--enforce-aligned-data}][@b{--dcti-couples-detect}]
a4fb0134
SC
593@end ifset
594@ifset TIC54X
595
596@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 597 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
598 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
599@end ifset
40b36596
JM
600@ifset TIC6X
601
602@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
603 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
604 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
605 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 606@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
607@ifset TILEGX
608
609@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 610 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
611@end ifset
612@ifset TILEPRO
613@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
614@end ifset
b6605ddd 615@ifset VISIUM
40b36596 616
b6605ddd
EB
617@emph{Target Visium options:}
618 [@b{-mtune=@var{arch}}]
619@end ifset
2d8b84ae
SA
620@ifset XTENSA
621
622@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
b46824bd
MF
623 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]auto-litpools}]
624 [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
2d8b84ae
SA
625 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
626 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
627 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
a82c7d90 628 [@b{--[no-]trampolines}]
2d8b84ae 629@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
630@ifset Z80
631
632@emph{Target Z80 options:}
fcaaac0a 633 [@b{-march=@var{CPU}@var{[-EXT]}@var{[+EXT]}}]
7a6bf3be
SB
634 [@b{-local-prefix=}@var{PREFIX}]
635 [@b{-colonless}]
636 [@b{-sdcc}]
637 [@b{-fp-s=}@var{FORMAT}]
638 [@b{-fp-d=}@var{FORMAT}]
3c9b82ba 639@end ifset
a4fb0134 640@ifset Z8000
b6605ddd 641
a4fb0134 642@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 643@end ifset
e0001a05 644
0285c67d 645@c man end
252b5132
RH
646@end smallexample
647
0285c67d
NC
648@c man begin OPTIONS
649
a4fb0134 650@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 651@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 652
83f10cb2 653@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
654Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
655
a4fb0134 656@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
657@item -ac
658omit false conditionals
659
660@item -ad
661omit debugging directives
662
83f10cb2
NC
663@item -ag
664include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
665
252b5132
RH
666@item -ah
667include high-level source
668
669@item -al
670include assembly
671
672@item -am
673include macro expansions
674
675@item -an
676omit forms processing
677
678@item -as
679include symbols
680
681@item =file
682set the name of the listing file
683@end table
684
685You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
686listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
687the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
688
caa32fe5 689@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
690Begin in alternate macro mode.
691@ifclear man
692@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
693@end ifclear
caa32fe5 694
955974c6 695@item --compress-debug-sections
19a7fe52
L
696Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib with SHF_COMPRESSED from the
697ELF ABI. The resulting object file may not be compatible with older
698linkers and object file utilities. Note if compression would make a
699given section @emph{larger} then it is not compressed.
955974c6 700
151411f8
L
701@ifset ELF
702@cindex @samp{--compress-debug-sections=} option
703@item --compress-debug-sections=none
704@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib
705@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu
706@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi
707These options control how DWARF debug sections are compressed.
708@option{--compress-debug-sections=none} is equivalent to
709@option{--nocompress-debug-sections}.
710@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib} and
19a7fe52 711@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi} are equivalent to
151411f8 712@option{--compress-debug-sections}.
19a7fe52
L
713@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu} compresses DWARF debug
714sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed to begin with
715@samp{.zdebug}. Note if compression would make a given section
716@emph{larger} then it is not compressed nor renamed.
717
151411f8
L
718@end ifset
719
955974c6 720@item --nocompress-debug-sections
e12fe555
NC
721Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is usually the default for all
722targets except the x86/x86_64, but a configure time option can be used to
723override this.
955974c6 724
252b5132
RH
725@item -D
726Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
727other assemblers.
728
3d6b762c
JM
729@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
730When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
731information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
732
252b5132
RH
733@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
734Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
735@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
736indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
737value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
738use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
739
740@item -f
741``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
742compiler output).
743
329e276d
NC
744@item -g
745@itemx --gen-debug
746Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
747debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
748ECOFF or DWARF2.
749
252b5132
RH
750@item --gstabs
751Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
752may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
753
05da4302
NC
754@item --gstabs+
755Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
756extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
757debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
758may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
759the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
760
329e276d 761@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 762Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 763may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 764option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 765
b40bf0a2
NC
766@item --gdwarf-sections
767Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
768.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
769corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
770will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
771@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
772then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
773suffix.
774
66f8b2cb
AB
775@item --gdwarf-cie-version=@var{version}
776Control which version of DWARF Common Information Entries (CIEs) are produced.
777When this flag is not specificed the default is version 1, though some targets
778can modify this default. Other possible values for @var{version} are 3 or 4.
779
b8871f35 780@ifset ELF
21be61f5
L
781@item --size-check=error
782@itemx --size-check=warning
783Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
784
b8871f35
L
785@item --elf-stt-common=no
786@itemx --elf-stt-common=yes
787These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate common
788symbols with the @code{STT_COMMON} type. The default can be controlled
789by a configure option @option{--enable-elf-stt-common}.
0df8ad28
NC
790
791@item --generate-missing-build-notes=yes
792@itemx --generate-missing-build-notes=no
793These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate GNU Build
794attribute notes if none are present in the input sources.
795The default can be controlled by the @option{--enable-generate-build-notes}
796configure option.
797
b8871f35
L
798@end ifset
799
252b5132 800@item --help
a05a5b64 801Print a summary of the command-line options and exit.
252b5132 802
ea20a7da
CC
803@item --target-help
804Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
805
252b5132
RH
806@item -I @var{dir}
807Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
808
809@item -J
810Don't warn about signed overflow.
811
812@item -K
813@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
814This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
815@end ifclear
816@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
817Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
818@end ifset
819
820@item -L
821@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
822Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
823system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
824or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
825@ifclear man
826@xref{Symbol Names}.
827@end ifclear
252b5132 828
c3a27914
NC
829@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
830Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
831listing to @var{number}.
832
833@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
834Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
835lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
836
837@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
838Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
839@var{number} bytes.
840
841@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
842Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
843to @var{number} + 1.
844
2edb36e7
NC
845@item --no-pad-sections
846Stop the assembler for padding the ends of output sections to the alignment
847of that section. The default is to pad the sections, but this can waste space
848which might be needed on targets which have tight memory constraints.
849
252b5132 850@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 851Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
852
853@item -R
854Fold the data section into the text section.
855
d60646b9 856@item --hash-size=@var{number}
4bdd3565
NC
857Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
858@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
859assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
860memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
861requirements at the expense of speed.
862
863@item --reduce-memory-overheads
864This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
865assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
866@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
867
451133ce
NP
868@ifset ELF
869@item --sectname-subst
870Honor substitution sequences in section names.
871@ifclear man
872@xref{Section Name Substitutions,,@code{.section @var{name}}}.
873@end ifclear
874@end ifset
875
252b5132
RH
876@item --statistics
877Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
878assembly.
879
880@item --strip-local-absolute
881Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
882
883@item -v
884@itemx -version
a4fb0134 885Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
886
887@item --version
a4fb0134 888Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
889
890@item -W
2bdd6cf5 891@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
892Suppress warning messages.
893
2bdd6cf5
GK
894@item --fatal-warnings
895Treat warnings as errors.
896
897@item --warn
898Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
899
252b5132
RH
900@item -w
901Ignored.
902
903@item -x
904Ignored.
905
906@item -Z
907Generate an object file even after errors.
908
909@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
910Standard input, or source files to assemble.
911
912@end table
2a633939
JM
913@c man end
914
a06ea964
NC
915@ifset AARCH64
916
917@ifclear man
918@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
919for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
920@end ifclear
921
922@ifset man
923@c man begin OPTIONS
924The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
92564-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
926@c man end
927@c man begin INCLUDE
928@include c-aarch64.texi
929@c ended inside the included file
930@end ifset
931
932@end ifset
933
2a633939
JM
934@ifset ALPHA
935
936@ifclear man
937@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
938for an Alpha processor.
939@end ifclear
940
941@ifset man
942@c man begin OPTIONS
943The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
944processor.
945@c man end
946@c man begin INCLUDE
947@include c-alpha.texi
948@c ended inside the included file
949@end ifset
950
951@end ifset
252b5132 952
2a633939 953@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 954@ifset ARC
886a2506
NC
955The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an ARC
956processor.
252b5132 957
a4fb0134 958@table @gcctabopt
886a2506 959@item -mcpu=@var{cpu}
0d2bcfaf
NC
960This option selects the core processor variant.
961@item -EB | -EL
962Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
886a2506
NC
963@item -mcode-density
964Enable Code Density extenssion instructions.
252b5132
RH
965@end table
966@end ifset
967
968@ifset ARM
969The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
970processor family.
971
a4fb0134 972@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 973@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 974Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 975@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 976Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 977@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 978Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
979@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
980Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
981@item -mthumb
982Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 983@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
984Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
985@item -EB | -EL
986Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
987@item -mthumb-interwork
988Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
989ARM code in mind.
2e6976a8
DG
990@item -mccs
991Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode.
cdf82bcf
NC
992@item -k
993Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
994@end table
995@end ifset
635fb38d 996@c man end
252b5132 997
9982501a 998@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
999
1000@ifclear man
1001@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1002configured for the Blackfin processor family.
1003@end ifclear
1004
1005@ifset man
1006@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
1007The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1008the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
1009@c man end
1010@c man begin INCLUDE
1011@include c-bfin.texi
1012@c ended inside the included file
1013@end ifset
9982501a 1014
9982501a
JZ
1015@end ifset
1016
f8861f5d
JM
1017@ifset BPF
1018
1019@ifclear man
1020@xref{BPF Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1021configured for the Linux kernel BPF processor family.
1022@end ifclear
1023
1024@ifset man
1025@c man begin OPTIONS
1026The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1027the Linux kernel BPF processor family.
1028@c man end
1029@c man begin INCLUDE
1030@include c-bpf.texi
1031@c ended inside the included file
1032@end ifset
1033
1034@end ifset
1035
635fb38d 1036@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
1037@ifset CRIS
1038See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
1039@end ifset
1040
b8891f8d
AJ
1041@ifset CSKY
1042
1043@ifclear man
1044@xref{C-SKY Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1045configured for the C-SKY processor family.
1046@end ifclear
1047
1048@ifset man
1049@c man begin OPTIONS
1050The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1051the C-SKY processor family.
1052@c man end
1053@c man begin INCLUDE
1054@include c-csky.texi
1055@c ended inside the included file
1056@end ifset
1057
1058@end ifset
1059
252b5132
RH
1060@ifset D10V
1061The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1062a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 1063@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1064@cindex D10V optimization
1065@cindex optimization, D10V
1066@item -O
1067Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
1068@end table
1069@end ifset
1070
1071@ifset D30V
1072The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
1073processor.
a4fb0134 1074@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1075@cindex D30V optimization
1076@cindex optimization, D30V
1077@item -O
1078Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
1079
1080@cindex D30V nops
1081@item -n
1082Warn when nops are generated.
1083
1084@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
1085@item -N
1086Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
1087@end table
1088@end ifset
731caf76
L
1089@c man end
1090
cfb8c092
NC
1091@ifset EPIPHANY
1092The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1093Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
1094
56b13185
JR
1095@ifclear man
1096@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1097configured for an Epiphany processor.
1098@end ifclear
cfb8c092 1099
56b13185
JR
1100@ifset man
1101@c man begin OPTIONS
1102The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1103an Epiphany processor.
1104@c man end
1105@c man begin INCLUDE
1106@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
1107@c ended inside the included file
1108@end ifset
1109
1110@end ifset
1111
1112@ifset H8300
1113
1114@ifclear man
1115@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1116for an H8/300 processor.
1117@end ifclear
1118
1119@ifset man
1120@c man begin OPTIONS
1121The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
1122processor.
1123@c man end
1124@c man begin INCLUDE
1125@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
1126@c ended inside the included file
1127@end ifset
cfb8c092 1128
cfb8c092
NC
1129@end ifset
1130
731caf76 1131@ifset I80386
252b5132 1132
731caf76
L
1133@ifclear man
1134@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1135configured for an i386 processor.
1136@end ifclear
1137
1138@ifset man
1139@c man begin OPTIONS
1140The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1141an i386 processor.
1142@c man end
1143@c man begin INCLUDE
1144@include c-i386.texi
1145@c ended inside the included file
1146@end ifset
1147
1148@end ifset
1149
1150@c man begin OPTIONS
a40cbfa3
NC
1151@ifset IP2K
1152The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 1153Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
1154
1155@table @gcctabopt
1156
1157@item -mip2022ext
1158Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
1159
1160@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 1161Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
1162just the basic IP2022 ones.
1163
1164@end table
1165@end ifset
1166
49f58d10
JB
1167@ifset M32C
1168The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1169Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
1170
1171@table @gcctabopt
1172
1173@item -m32c
1174Assemble M32C instructions.
1175
1176@item -m16c
1177Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1178
c54b5932
DD
1179@item -relax
1180Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1181
1182@item -h-tick-hex
1183Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1184
49f58d10
JB
1185@end table
1186@end ifset
1187
ec694b89
NC
1188@ifset M32R
1189The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1190Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1191
a4fb0134 1192@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1193
1194@item --m32rx
1195Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1196is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1197
1198@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1199Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1200encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1201
1202@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1203Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1204encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1205
1206@end table
1207@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1208
1209@ifset M680X0
1210The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1211Motorola 68000 series.
1212
a4fb0134 1213@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1214
1215@item -l
1216Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1217
0285c67d
NC
1218@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1219@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1220@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1221Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1222is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1223
1224@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1225The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1226The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1227the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1228two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1229coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1230
1231@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1232The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1233unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1234
1235@end table
1236@end ifset
1237
36591ba1
SL
1238@ifset NIOSII
1239
1240@ifclear man
1241@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1242for an Altera Nios II processor.
1243@end ifclear
1244
1245@ifset man
1246@c man begin OPTIONS
1247The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1248Altera Nios II processor.
1249@c man end
1250@c man begin INCLUDE
1251@include c-nios2.texi
1252@c ended inside the included file
1253@end ifset
1254@end ifset
1255
e135f41b
NC
1256@ifset PDP11
1257
1258For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1259see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1260
a4fb0134 1261@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1262@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1263Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1264default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1265
1266@item -mall
1267@itemx -mall-extensions
1268Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1269
1270@item -mno-extensions
1271Disable all instruction set extensions.
1272
1273@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1274Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1275
1276@item -m@var{cpu}
1277Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1278disable all other extensions.
1279
1280@item -m@var{machine}
1281Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1282model, and disable all other extensions.
1283@end table
1284
1285@end ifset
1286
041dd5a9
ILT
1287@ifset PJ
1288The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1289a picoJava processor.
1290
a4fb0134 1291@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1292
1293@cindex PJ endianness
1294@cindex endianness, PJ
1295@cindex big endian output, PJ
1296@item -mb
1297Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1298
1299@cindex little endian output, PJ
1300@item -ml
1301Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1302
1303@end table
1304@end ifset
1305
93f11b16
DD
1306@ifset PRU
1307
1308@ifclear man
1309@xref{PRU Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1310for a PRU processor.
1311@end ifclear
1312
1313@ifset man
1314@c man begin OPTIONS
1315The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1316PRU processor.
1317@c man end
1318@c man begin INCLUDE
1319@include c-pru.texi
1320@c ended inside the included file
1321@end ifset
1322@end ifset
1323
60bcf0fa
NC
1324@ifset M68HC11
1325The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1326Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1327
a4fb0134 1328@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1329
6927f982 1330@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1331Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1332defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1333
6927f982
NC
1334@item --xgate-ramoffset
1335Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1336XGATE address space.
1337
2f904664
SC
1338@item -mshort
1339Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1340
1341@item -mlong
01642c12 1342Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1343
1344@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1345Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1346
1347@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1348Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1349
1370e33d 1350@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1351Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1352conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1353sub routine.
1354
1370e33d
NC
1355@item -S | --short-branches
1356Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1357when the offset is out of range.
1358
1359@item --strict-direct-mode
1360Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1361when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1362
1363@item --print-insn-syntax
1364Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1365
1366@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1367Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1368
1369@item --generate-example
6927f982 1370Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1371This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1372
1373@end table
1374@end ifset
1375
252b5132 1376@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1377The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1378for the SPARC architecture:
1379
a4fb0134 1380@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1381@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1382@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1383Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1384
1385@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1386@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1387
1388@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1389UltraSPARC extensions.
1390
1391@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1392For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1393equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1394
1395@item -bump
1396Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1397@end table
1398@end ifset
1399
39bec121
TW
1400@ifset TIC54X
1401The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1402architecture.
39bec121 1403
a4fb0134 1404@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1405@item -mfar-mode
1406Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1407extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1408@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1409Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1410@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1411Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1412behaviour in the shell.
1413@end table
1414@end ifset
1415
252b5132 1416@ifset MIPS
73201331 1417@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 1418The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1419a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1420
a4fb0134 1421@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1422@item -G @var{num}
1423This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1424implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1425use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1426
1427@cindex MIPS endianness
1428@cindex endianness, MIPS
1429@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1430@item -EB
1431Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1432
1433@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1434@item -EL
1435Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1436
1437@cindex MIPS ISA
1438@item -mips1
1439@itemx -mips2
1440@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1441@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1442@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1443@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1444@itemx -mips32r2
ae52f483
AB
1445@itemx -mips32r3
1446@itemx -mips32r5
7361da2c 1447@itemx -mips32r6
4058e45f 1448@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1449@itemx -mips64r2
ae52f483
AB
1450@itemx -mips64r3
1451@itemx -mips64r5
7361da2c 1452@itemx -mips64r6
98508b2a 1453Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1454@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1455alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1456@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
ae52f483 1457@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips32r3},
7361da2c
AB
1458@samp{-mips32r5}, @samp{-mips32r6}, @samp{-mips64}, @samp{-mips64r2},
1459@samp{-mips64r3}, @samp{-mips64r5}, and @samp{-mips64r6} correspond to generic
1460MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2, MIPS32 Release 3, MIPS32 Release 5, MIPS32
1461Release 6, MIPS64, MIPS64 Release 2, MIPS64 Release 3, MIPS64 Release 5, and
1462MIPS64 Release 6 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1463
98508b2a
RS
1464@item -march=@var{cpu}
1465Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1466
1467@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1468Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1469
1470@item -mfix7000
1471@itemx -mno-fix7000
1472Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1473of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1474
a8d14a88
CM
1475@item -mfix-rm7000
1476@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1477Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1478followed by a load instruction.
1479
27c634e0
FN
1480@item -mfix-r5900
1481@itemx -mno-fix-r5900
1482Do not attempt to schedule the preceding instruction into the delay slot
1483of a branch instruction placed at the end of a short loop of six
1484instructions or fewer and always schedule a @code{nop} instruction there
1485instead. The short loop bug under certain conditions causes loops to
1486execute only once or twice, due to a hardware bug in the R5900 chip.
1487
ecb4347a
DJ
1488@item -mdebug
1489@itemx -no-mdebug
1490Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1491section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1492
dcd410fe
RO
1493@item -mpdr
1494@itemx -mno-pdr
1495Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1496
437ee9d5
TS
1497@item -mgp32
1498@itemx -mfp32
1499The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1500flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1501all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1502and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1503
351cdf24
MF
1504@item -mgp64
1505@itemx -mfp64
1506The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1507flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 64 bits wide at
1508all times. @samp{-mgp64} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1509and @samp{-mfp64} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1510
1511@item -mfpxx
1512The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but using
1513this flag in combination with @samp{-mabi=32} enables an ABI variant
1514which will operate correctly with floating-point registers which are
151532 or 64 bits wide.
1516
1517@item -modd-spreg
1518@itemx -mno-odd-spreg
1519Enable use of floating-point operations on odd-numbered single-precision
1520registers when supported by the ISA. @samp{-mfpxx} implies
1521@samp{-mno-odd-spreg}, otherwise the default is @samp{-modd-spreg}.
1522
437ee9d5
TS
1523@item -mips16
1524@itemx -no-mips16
1525Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
32035f51 1526@code{.module mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
437ee9d5 1527turns off this option.
252b5132 1528
25499ac7
MR
1529@item -mmips16e2
1530@itemx -mno-mips16e2
1531Enable the use of MIPS16e2 instructions in MIPS16 mode. This is equivalent
1532to putting @code{.module mips16e2} at the start of the assembly file.
1533@samp{-mno-mips16e2} turns off this option.
1534
df58fc94
RS
1535@item -mmicromips
1536@itemx -mno-micromips
1537Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
32035f51
MR
1538@code{.module micromips} at the start of the assembly file.
1539@samp{-mno-micromips} turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting
1540@code{.module nomicromips} at the start of the assembly file.
df58fc94 1541
e16bfa71
TS
1542@item -msmartmips
1543@itemx -mno-smartmips
32035f51
MR
1544Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1545equivalent to putting @code{.module smartmips} at the start of the assembly
1546file. @samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
e16bfa71 1547
1f25f5d3
CD
1548@item -mips3d
1549@itemx -no-mips3d
1550Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1551This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1552@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1553
deec1734
CD
1554@item -mdmx
1555@itemx -no-mdmx
1556Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1557This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1558@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1559
2ef2b9ae
CF
1560@item -mdsp
1561@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1562Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1563This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1564@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1565
8b082fb1
TS
1566@item -mdspr2
1567@itemx -mno-dspr2
1568Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
8f4f9071 1569This option implies @samp{-mdsp}.
8b082fb1
TS
1570This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1571@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1572
8f4f9071
MF
1573@item -mdspr3
1574@itemx -mno-dspr3
1575Generate code for the DSP Release 3 Application Specific Extension.
1576This option implies @samp{-mdsp} and @samp{-mdspr2}.
1577This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 3 instructions.
1578@samp{-mno-dspr3} turns off this option.
1579
56d438b1
CF
1580@item -mmsa
1581@itemx -mno-msa
1582Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1583This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1584@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1585
7d64c587
AB
1586@item -mxpa
1587@itemx -mno-xpa
1588Generate code for the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) Extension.
1589This tells the assembler to accept XPA instructions.
1590@samp{-mno-xpa} turns off this option.
1591
ef2e4d86
CF
1592@item -mmt
1593@itemx -mno-mt
1594Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1595This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1596@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1597
dec0624d
MR
1598@item -mmcu
1599@itemx -mno-mcu
1600Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1601This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1602@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1603
730c3174
SE
1604@item -mcrc
1605@itemx -mno-crc
1606Generate code for the MIPS cyclic redundancy check (CRC) Application
1607Specific Extension. This tells the assembler to accept CRC instructions.
1608@samp{-mno-crc} turns off this option.
1609
6f20c942
FS
1610@item -mginv
1611@itemx -mno-ginv
1612Generate code for the Global INValidate (GINV) Application Specific
1613Extension. This tells the assembler to accept GINV instructions.
1614@samp{-mno-ginv} turns off this option.
1615
8095d2f7
CX
1616@item -mloongson-mmi
1617@itemx -mno-loongson-mmi
1618Generate code for the Loongson MultiMedia extensions Instructions (MMI)
1619Application Specific Extension. This tells the assembler to accept MMI
1620instructions.
1621@samp{-mno-loongson-mmi} turns off this option.
1622
716c08de
CX
1623@item -mloongson-cam
1624@itemx -mno-loongson-cam
1625Generate code for the Loongson Content Address Memory (CAM) instructions.
1626This tells the assembler to accept Loongson CAM instructions.
1627@samp{-mno-loongson-cam} turns off this option.
1628
bdc6c06e
CX
1629@item -mloongson-ext
1630@itemx -mno-loongson-ext
1631Generate code for the Loongson EXTensions (EXT) instructions.
1632This tells the assembler to accept Loongson EXT instructions.
1633@samp{-mno-loongson-ext} turns off this option.
1634
a693765e
CX
1635@item -mloongson-ext2
1636@itemx -mno-loongson-ext2
1637Generate code for the Loongson EXTensions R2 (EXT2) instructions.
1638This option implies @samp{-mloongson-ext}.
1639This tells the assembler to accept Loongson EXT2 instructions.
1640@samp{-mno-loongson-ext2} turns off this option.
1641
833794fc
MR
1642@item -minsn32
1643@itemx -mno-insn32
1644Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1645microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1646instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1647the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1648option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1649start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1650selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1651
437ee9d5
TS
1652@item --construct-floats
1653@itemx --no-construct-floats
1654The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1655double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1656value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1657the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1658selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1659
3bf0dbfb
MR
1660@item --relax-branch
1661@itemx --no-relax-branch
1662The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1663branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1664out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1665
8b10b0b3
MR
1666@item -mignore-branch-isa
1667@itemx -mno-ignore-branch-isa
1668Ignore branch checks for invalid transitions between ISA modes. The
1669semantics of branches does not provide for an ISA mode switch, so in
1670most cases the ISA mode a branch has been encoded for has to be the
1671same as the ISA mode of the branch's target label. Therefore GAS has
1672checks implemented that verify in branch assembly that the two ISA
1673modes match. @samp{-mignore-branch-isa} disables these checks. By
1674default @samp{-mno-ignore-branch-isa} is selected, causing any invalid
1675branch requiring a transition between ISA modes to produce an error.
1676
ba92f887
MR
1677@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1678Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1679(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1680
252b5132
RH
1681@cindex emulation
1682@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1683This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1684on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1685removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1686It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1687
1688The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1689@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1690is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1691big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1692preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1693
1694@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1695@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1696the native tools.
1697
252b5132
RH
1698@item --trap
1699@itemx --no-trap
1700@itemx --break
1701@itemx --no-break
1702Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1703@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1704(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1705@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1706break exception.
63486801
L
1707
1708@item -n
a4fb0134 1709When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1710time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132 1711@end table
73201331 1712@c man end
252b5132
RH
1713@end ifset
1714
1715@ifset MCORE
1716The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1717an MCore processor.
1718
a4fb0134 1719@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1720@item -jsri2bsr
1721@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1722Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
a05a5b64 1723The command-line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
252b5132
RH
1724
1725@item -sifilter
1726@itemx -nosifilter
1727Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a05a5b64 1728The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command-line option.
252b5132
RH
1729
1730@item -relax
1731Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1732
ec694b89
NC
1733@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1734Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1735can be assembled.
1736
1737@item -EB
1738Assemble for a big endian target.
1739
1740@item -EL
1741Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1742
1743@end table
1744@end ifset
a3c62988 1745@c man end
252b5132 1746
a3c62988
NC
1747@ifset METAG
1748
1749@ifclear man
1750@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1751for a Meta processor.
1752@end ifclear
1753
1754@ifset man
1755@c man begin OPTIONS
1756The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1757Meta processor.
1758@c man end
1759@c man begin INCLUDE
1760@include c-metag.texi
1761@c ended inside the included file
1762@end ifset
1763
1764@end ifset
1765
1766@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1767@ifset MMIX
1768See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1769@end ifset
1770
35c08157
KLC
1771@ifset NDS32
1772
1773@ifclear man
1774@xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1775for a NDS32 processor.
1776@end ifclear
1777@c ended inside the included file
1778@end ifset
1779
1780@ifset man
1781@c man begin OPTIONS
1782The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1783NDS32 processor.
1784@c man end
1785@c man begin INCLUDE
1786@include c-nds32.texi
1787@c ended inside the included file
1788@end ifset
1789
635fb38d 1790@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1791@ifset PPC
1792
1793@ifclear man
1794@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1795for a PowerPC processor.
1796@end ifclear
1797
1798@ifset man
1799@c man begin OPTIONS
1800The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1801PowerPC processor.
1802@c man end
1803@c man begin INCLUDE
1804@include c-ppc.texi
1805@c ended inside the included file
1806@end ifset
1807
1808@end ifset
1809
e23eba97
NC
1810@ifset RISCV
1811
1812@ifclear man
b57e49f7 1813@xref{RISC-V-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
e23eba97
NC
1814for a RISC-V processor.
1815@end ifclear
1816
1817@ifset man
1818@c man begin OPTIONS
1819The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
b57e49f7 1820RISC-V processor.
e23eba97
NC
1821@c man end
1822@c man begin INCLUDE
1823@include c-riscv.texi
1824@c ended inside the included file
1825@end ifset
1826
1827@end ifset
1828
635fb38d 1829@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1830@ifset RX
1831See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1832@end ifset
1833
11c19e16
MS
1834@ifset S390
1835The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1836processor family.
1837
1838@table @gcctabopt
1839@item -m31
1840@itemx -m64
1841Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1842@item -mesa
1843@item -mzarch
1844Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1845Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1846@item -march=@var{processor}
952c3f51
AK
1847Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g5} (or
1848@samp{arch3}), @samp{g6}, @samp{z900} (or @samp{arch5}), @samp{z990} (or
1849@samp{arch6}), @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec} (or @samp{arch7}), @samp{z10} (or
1850@samp{arch8}), @samp{z196} (or @samp{arch9}), @samp{zEC12} (or @samp{arch10}),
46e292ab
AK
1851@samp{z13} (or @samp{arch11}), @samp{z14} (or @samp{arch12}), or @samp{z15}
1852(or @samp{arch13}).
11c19e16
MS
1853@item -mregnames
1854@itemx -mno-regnames
1855Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1856@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1857Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1858but evaluates to zero.
1859@end table
1860@end ifset
2a633939 1861@c man end
11c19e16 1862
40b36596 1863@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1864
1865@ifclear man
1866@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1867for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1868@end ifclear
1869
1870@ifset man
1871@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1872The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1873TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1874@c man end
1875@c man begin INCLUDE
1876@include c-tic6x.texi
1877@c ended inside the included file
1878@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1879
1880@end ifset
1881
aa137e4d
NC
1882@ifset TILEGX
1883
1884@ifclear man
1885@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1886for a TILE-Gx processor.
1887@end ifclear
1888
1889@ifset man
1890@c man begin OPTIONS
1891The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1892processor.
1893@c man end
1894@c man begin INCLUDE
1895@include c-tilegx.texi
1896@c ended inside the included file
1897@end ifset
1898
1899@end ifset
1900
b6605ddd
EB
1901@ifset VISIUM
1902
1903@ifclear man
1904@xref{Visium Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1905for a Visium processor.
1906@end ifclear
1907
1908@ifset man
1909@c man begin OPTIONS
1910The following option is available when @value{AS} is configured for a Visium
1911processor.
1912@c man end
1913@c man begin INCLUDE
1914@include c-visium.texi
1915@c ended inside the included file
1916@end ifset
1917
1918@end ifset
1919
e0001a05 1920@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1921
2d8b84ae
SA
1922@ifclear man
1923@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1924for an Xtensa processor.
1925@end ifclear
1926
1927@ifset man
1928@c man begin OPTIONS
1929The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1930Xtensa processor.
1931@c man end
1932@c man begin INCLUDE
1933@include c-xtensa.texi
1934@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1935@end ifset
1936
2d8b84ae
SA
1937@end ifset
1938
3c9b82ba 1939@ifset Z80
6655dba2 1940
7a6bf3be
SB
1941@ifclear man
1942@xref{Z80 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1943for an Z80 processor.
1944@end ifclear
6655dba2 1945
7a6bf3be
SB
1946@ifset man
1947@c man begin OPTIONS
1948The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1949Z80 processor.
1950@c man end
1951@c man begin INCLUDE
1952@include c-z80.texi
1953@c ended inside the included file
3c9b82ba
NC
1954@end ifset
1955
7a6bf3be 1956@end ifset
0285c67d 1957
252b5132
RH
1958@menu
1959* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1960* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1961* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1962* Command Line:: Command Line
1963* Input Files:: Input Files
1964* Object:: Output (Object) File
1965* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1966@end menu
1967
1968@node Manual
1969@section Structure of this Manual
1970
1971@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1972This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1973@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1974notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1975@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1976
1977@ifclear GENERIC
1978We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1979configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1980@end ifclear
1981@ifset GENERIC
1982This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1983various flavors of the assembler.
1984@end ifset
1985
1986@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1987On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1988to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1989In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1990architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1991mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1992particular architecture.
1993@ifset GENERIC
1994You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1995machine architecture manual for this information.
1996@end ifset
1997@ifclear GENERIC
1998@ifset H8/300
1999For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
2000Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
2001Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 2002@end ifset
252b5132 2003@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
2004For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
2005see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
2006@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
2007@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
2008@end ifset
2009@ifset Z8000
2010For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
2011@end ifset
2012@end ifclear
2013
2014@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
2015@ignore
2016Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
2017the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
2018Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
2019computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
2020once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
2021qualification.
2022
a4fb0134 2023@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
2024human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
2025computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 2026@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
2027@end ignore
2028
2029@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
2030@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
2031@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
2032@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
2033@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
2034@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
2035@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
2036@c directives).
2037
2038@node GNU Assembler
2039@section The GNU Assembler
2040
0285c67d
NC
2041@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2042
a4fb0134 2043@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 2044@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 2045This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
2046configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
2047@end ifclear
2048If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
2049should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
2050architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
2051including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
2052@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
2053
2054@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 2055@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 2056@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 2057@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2058assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
2059machine would assemble.
2060@ifset VAX
2061Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
2062@end ifset
2063@ifset M680X0
2064@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
2065@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 2066This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
2067assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
2068incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
2069@end ifset
2070
0285c67d
NC
2071@c man end
2072
a4fb0134 2073Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
2074program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
2075@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
2076
2077@node Object Formats
2078@section Object File Formats
2079
2080@cindex object file format
2081The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
2082object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
2083write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
2084are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
2085Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
2086@ifclear GENERIC
2087@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 2088For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
2089@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
2090@end ifclear
2091@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 2092@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 2093On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
2094SOM or ELF format object files.
2095@end ifset
2096@end ifclear
2097
2098@node Command Line
2099@section Command Line
2100
2101@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 2102
a4fb0134 2103After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
2104options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
2105before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
2106significant.
2107
2108@cindex standard input, as input file
2109@kindex --
2110@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 2111explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
2112
2113@cindex options, command line
a05a5b64 2114Except for @samp{--} any command-line argument that begins with a
252b5132 2115hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 2116@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
2117option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
2118the letter is important. All options are optional.
2119
2120Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
2121name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
2122with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
2123standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
2124
2125@smallexample
2126@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
2127@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
2128@end smallexample
2129
2130@node Input Files
2131@section Input Files
2132
2133@cindex input
2134@cindex source program
2135@cindex files, input
2136We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 2137describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
2138be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
2139doesn't change the meaning of the source.
2140
2141@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
2142@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
2143The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
2144order specified.
2145
0285c67d 2146@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 2147Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
2148program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
2149(The standard input is also a file.)
2150
a4fb0134 2151You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132 2152names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
a05a5b64 2153command-line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
252b5132
RH
2154is taken to be an input file name.
2155
a4fb0134
SC
2156If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
2157from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
2158may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
2159to assemble.
2160
2161Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
2162in your command line.
2163
a4fb0134 2164If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
2165file.
2166
0285c67d
NC
2167@c man end
2168
252b5132
RH
2169@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
2170
2171@cindex input file linenumbers
2172@cindex line numbers, in input files
2173There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
2174either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
2175number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
2176``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
2177
2178@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 2179to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2180
2181@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
2182directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
2183error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
2184is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
2185@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
2186@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
2187
2188@node Object
2189@section Output (Object) File
2190
2191@cindex object file
2192@cindex output file
2193@kindex a.out
2194@kindex .o
a4fb0134 2195Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132 2196your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
a8eb42a8 2197is the object file. Its default name is @code{a.out}.
a4fb0134 2198You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
2199object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
2200reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
2201directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
2202possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
2203
2204@cindex linker
2205@kindex ld
2206The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
2207assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
2208the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
2209information for the debugger.
2210
2211@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
2212@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
2213
2214@node Errors
2215@section Error and Warning Messages
2216
0285c67d
NC
2217@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2218
a349d9dd 2219@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
2220@cindex warning messages
2221@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 2222@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 2223file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
2224runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
2225that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
2226grave problem that stops the assembly.
2227
0285c67d
NC
2228@c man end
2229
252b5132
RH
2230@cindex format of warning messages
2231Warning messages have the format
2232
2233@smallexample
2234file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
2235@end smallexample
2236
2237@noindent
72e0b254
NC
2238@cindex file names and line numbers, in warnings/errors
2239(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If both a logical file name
2240(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) and a logical line number
252b5132
RH
2241@ifset GENERIC
2242(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
2243@end ifset
72e0b254
NC
2244have been given then they will be used, otherwise the file name and line number
2245in the current assembler source file will be used. The message text is
2246intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix tradition).
2247
2248Note the file name must be set via the logical version of the @code{.file}
2249directive, not the DWARF2 version of the @code{.file} directive. For example:
2250
2251@smallexample
2252 .file 2 "bar.c"
2253 error_assembler_source
2254 .file "foo.c"
2255 .line 30
2256 error_c_source
2257@end smallexample
2258
2259produces this output:
2260
2261@smallexample
2262 Assembler messages:
2263 asm.s:2: Error: no such instruction: `error_assembler_source'
2264 foo.c:31: Error: no such instruction: `error_c_source'
2265@end smallexample
252b5132
RH
2266
2267@cindex format of error messages
2268Error messages have the format
72e0b254 2269
252b5132
RH
2270@smallexample
2271file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
2272@end smallexample
72e0b254 2273
252b5132
RH
2274The file name and line number are derived as for warning
2275messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
2276because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
2277
2278@node Invoking
2279@chapter Command-Line Options
2280
2281@cindex options, all versions of assembler
2282This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
2283versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
2284for options specific
252b5132 2285@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 2286to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
2287@end ifclear
2288@ifset GENERIC
2289to particular machine architectures.
2290@end ifset
2291
0285c67d
NC
2292@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2293
c1253627 2294If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
2295you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
2296The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
2297by commas. For example:
2298
2299@smallexample
2300gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
2301@end smallexample
2302
2303@noindent
2304This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 2305standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
2306local symbols in the symbol table).
2307
2308Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
2309command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
2310(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
2311precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
2312assembler.)
2313
0285c67d
NC
2314@c man end
2315
252b5132 2316@menu
83f10cb2 2317* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 2318* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
2319* D:: -D for compatibility
2320* f:: -f to work faster
2321* I:: -I for .include search path
2322@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2323* K:: -K for compatibility
2324@end ifclear
2325@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2326* K:: -K for difference tables
2327@end ifset
2328
ba83aca1 2329* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 2330* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
2331* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
2332* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
2edb36e7 2333* no-pad-sections:: --no-pad-sections to stop section padding
252b5132
RH
2334* o:: -o to name the object file
2335* R:: -R to join data and text sections
2336* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
2337* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
2338* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 2339* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
2340* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
2341@end menu
2342
2343@node a
83f10cb2 2344@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
2345
2346@kindex -a
2347@kindex -ac
2348@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 2349@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2350@kindex -ah
2351@kindex -al
2352@kindex -an
2353@kindex -as
2354@cindex listings, enabling
2355@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2356
2357These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2358@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2359You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2360@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2361@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2362@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2363High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2364@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2365also.
2366
83f10cb2
NC
2367Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2368information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2369
252b5132
RH
2370Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2371which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2372other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2373omitted from the listing.
2374
2375Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2376listing.
2377
2378Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2379listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2380@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2381@code{.sbttl}.
2382The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2383If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2384listing-control directives have no effect.
2385
2386The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2387@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2388
96e9638b
BW
2389Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2390because it
a05a5b64 2391is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command-line switch
c3a27914
NC
2392is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2393directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2394stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2395memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2396
caa32fe5
NC
2397@node alternate
2398@section @option{--alternate}
2399
2400@kindex --alternate
2401Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2402
252b5132 2403@node D
a4fb0134 2404@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2405
2406@kindex -D
2407This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2408likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2409@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2410
2411@node f
a4fb0134 2412@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2413
2414@kindex -f
2415@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2416@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2417@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2418(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2419and comment preprocessing on
2420the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2421,Preprocessing}.
2422
2423@quotation
2424@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2425preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2426not work correctly.
2427@end quotation
2428
2429@node I
c1253627 2430@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2431
2432@kindex -I @var{path}
2433@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2434@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2435@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2436Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2437@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2438directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2439many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2440working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2441searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2442specified (left to right) on the command line.
2443
2444@node K
a4fb0134 2445@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2446
2447@kindex -K
2448@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2449On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2450permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2451where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2452generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2453family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2454alteration on other platforms.
2455@end ifclear
2456
2457@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2458@cindex difference tables, warning
2459@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2460@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2461form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2462You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2463is done.
2464@end ifset
2465
2466@node L
ba83aca1 2467@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2468
2469@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2470@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2471Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2472@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2473called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2474such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2475programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2476notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2477such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2478
2479This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2480in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2481@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2482
c3a27914 2483@node listing
a4fb0134 2484@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914 2485
a05a5b64 2486The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command-line switch
c3a27914
NC
2487@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2488hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2489them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2490directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2491@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2492@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2493@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2494
a4fb0134 2495@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2496@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2497@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2498@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2499Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2500dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2501
2502@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2503@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2504@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2505Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2506a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2507the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2508switch is used the default is to one.
2509
2510@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2511@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2512@cindex Width of source line output
2513Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2514alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2515source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2516
2517@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2518@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2519@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2520Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2521displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2522@end table
2523
252b5132 2524@node M
a4fb0134 2525@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2526
2527@kindex -M
2528@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2529The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2530changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
a8eb42a8
AM
2531compatible with the @code{ASM68K} assembler from Microtec Research.
2532The exact nature of the
252b5132
RH
2533MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2534information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2535arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2536assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2537
2538The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2539depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2540file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2541individually. These are:
2542
2543@itemize @bullet
2544@item global symbols in common section
2545
2546The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2547Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2548common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2549symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2550symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2551
2552@item complex relocations
2553
2554The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2555relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2556are not support by other object file formats.
2557
2558@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2559
2560The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2561This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2562instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2563script.
2564
2565@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2566
2567The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2568name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2569
2570@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2571
2572The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2573address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2574which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2575not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2576assigned within a linker script.
2577@end itemize
2578
2579There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2580@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2581seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2582
2583@itemize @bullet
2584
2585@item EBCDIC strings
2586
2587EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2588
2589@item packed binary coded decimal
2590
2591Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2592and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2593
2594@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2595
2596The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2597
2598@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2599
2600The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2601
2602@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2603
2604The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2605@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2606relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2607these options serve no purpose.
2608
2609@item @code{OPT} list control options
2610
2611The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2612@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2613@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2614
2615@item other @code{OPT} options
2616
2617The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2618@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2619
2620@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2621
2622The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2623@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2624
2625@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2626
2627The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2628
252b5132
RH
2629@end itemize
2630
2631@node MD
c1253627 2632@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2633
2634@kindex --MD
2635@cindex dependency tracking
2636@cindex make rules
2637
a4fb0134 2638@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2639file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2640dependencies of the main source file.
2641
2642The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2643
2644This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2645
2edb36e7
NC
2646@node no-pad-sections
2647@section Output Section Padding
2648@kindex --no-pad-sections
2649@cindex output section padding
2650Normally the assembler will pad the end of each output section up to its
2651alignment boundary. But this can waste space, which can be significant on
2652memory constrained targets. So the @option{--no-pad-sections} option will
2653disable this behaviour.
2654
252b5132 2655@node o
a4fb0134 2656@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2657
2658@kindex -o
2659@cindex naming object file
2660@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2661There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
a8eb42a8 2662default it has the name @file{a.out}.
252b5132
RH
2663You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2664object file a different name.
2665
a4fb0134 2666Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2667existing file of the same name.
2668
2669@node R
a4fb0134 2670@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2671
2672@kindex -R
2673@cindex data and text sections, joining
2674@cindex text and data sections, joining
2675@cindex joining text and data sections
2676@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2677@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2678data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2679the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2680section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2681your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2682appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2683
a4fb0134 2684When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2685address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2686data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2687older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2688
c1253627
NC
2689@ifset COFF-ELF
2690When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2691this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2692@samp{.data}.
2693@end ifset
2694
2695@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2696@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2697@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2698@end ifset
2699
2700@node statistics
a4fb0134 2701@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2702
2703@kindex --statistics
2704@cindex statistics, about assembly
2705@cindex time, total for assembly
2706@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2707Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2708@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2709(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2710seconds).
2711
2712@node traditional-format
c1253627 2713@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2714
2715@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2716For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2717from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2718@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2719
2720For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2721@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2722
2723@node v
a4fb0134 2724@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2725
2726@kindex -v
2727@kindex -version
2728@cindex assembler version
2729@cindex version of assembler
2730You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2731option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2732command line.
2733
2734@node W
a4fb0134 2735@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2736
a4fb0134 2737@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2738assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2739cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2740made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2741
c1253627
NC
2742@kindex -W
2743@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2744@cindex suppressing warnings
2745@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2746If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2747This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2748how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2749are still reported.
2750
c1253627 2751@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2752@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2753@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2754If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2755files that generate warnings to be in error.
2756
c1253627 2757@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2758@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2759You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2760causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2761
2762@node Z
a4fb0134 2763@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2764@cindex object file, after errors
2765@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2766After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2767some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2768@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2769option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2770writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2771errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2772
2773@node Syntax
2774@chapter Syntax
2775
2776@cindex machine-independent syntax
2777@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2778This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2779source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2780assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2781@ifclear VAX
2782assembler.
2783@end ifclear
2784@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2785assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2786@end ifset
2787
2788@menu
7c31ae13 2789* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2790* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2791* Comments:: Comments
2792* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2793* Statements:: Statements
2794* Constants:: Constants
2795@end menu
2796
2797@node Preprocessing
2798@section Preprocessing
2799
2800@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2801The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2802@itemize @bullet
2803@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2804@item
2805adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2806the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2807a single space.
2808
2809@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2810@item
2811removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2812appropriate number of newlines.
2813
2814@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2815@item
2816converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2817@end itemize
2818
2819It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2820anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2821do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2822(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2823to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2824@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
2edb36e7 2825Output, gcc info, Using GNU CC}.
252b5132
RH
2826
2827Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2828cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2829preprocessed.
2830
2831@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2832@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2833@kindex #NO_APP
2834@kindex #APP
2835If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2836@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2837Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2838specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2839text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2840@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2841@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2842and whitespace.
2843
2844@node Whitespace
2845@section Whitespace
2846
2847@cindex whitespace
2848@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2849Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2850people to read. Unless within character constants
2851(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2852as exactly one space.
2853
2854@node Comments
2855@section Comments
2856
2857@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2858There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2859cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2860
2861Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2862This means you may not nest these comments.
2863
2864@smallexample
2865/*
2866 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2867 is to use this sort of comment.
2868*/
2869
2870/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2871@end smallexample
2872
2873@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2874Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2875considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2876specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2877line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2878line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2879comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
a05a5b64 2880upon command-line options that have been used. For more details see the
7c31ae13
NC
2881@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2882
2883If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2884special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2885to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2886
2887@kindex #
2888@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2889@cindex logical line numbers
2890To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2891special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2892expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2893line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2894new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2895
2896If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2897the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2898
2899@smallexample
2900 # This is an ordinary comment.
2901# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2902 # This is logical line # 36.
2903@end smallexample
2904This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2905of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2906
2907@node Symbol Intro
2908@section Symbols
2909
2910@cindex characters used in symbols
2911@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2912A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2913letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2914@samp{_.$}.
2915@end ifclear
2916@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2917@ifclear GENERIC
2918@ifset H8
2919A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2920letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2921@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2922symbol names.)
2923@end ifset
2924@end ifclear
2925@end ifset
2926@ifset GENERIC
2927On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2928are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2929@end ifset
2930No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
d02603dc 2931There is no length limit; all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
7bfd842d
NC
2932are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2933beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2934of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
d02603dc
NC
2935
2936Symbol names may also be enclosed in double quote @code{"} characters. In such
2937cases any characters are allowed, except for the NUL character. If a double
2938quote character is to be included in the symbol name it must be preceeded by a
2939backslash @code{\} character.
252b5132
RH
2940@cindex length of symbols
2941
2942@node Statements
2943@section Statements
2944
2945@cindex statements, structure of
2946@cindex line separator character
2947@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2948
2949A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2950@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2951specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2952target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2953The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2954preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2955exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2956
2957@cindex newline, required at file end
2958@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2959It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2960character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2961
2962An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2963
2964@cindex instructions and directives
2965@cindex directives and instructions
2966@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2967@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2968@c 13feb91.
2969A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2970key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2971symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2972symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2973directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2974a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2975assembles into a machine language instruction.
2976@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2977Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2978recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2979represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2980language.@refill
2981@end ifset
2982
2983@cindex @code{:} (label)
2984@cindex label (@code{:})
2985A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2986Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2987have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2988
2989@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2990For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2991the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2992only one label may be defined on each line.
2993@end ifset
2994
2995@smallexample
2996label: .directive followed by something
2997another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2998 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2999@end smallexample
3000
3001@node Constants
3002@section Constants
3003
3004@cindex constants
3005A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
3006inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
3007@smallexample
3008@group
3009.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
3010.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
3011.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
3012.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
301395028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
3014@end group
3015@end smallexample
3016
3017@menu
3018* Characters:: Character Constants
3019* Numbers:: Number Constants
3020@end menu
3021
3022@node Characters
3023@subsection Character Constants
3024
3025@cindex character constants
3026@cindex constants, character
3027There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
3028for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
3029numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
3030@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
3031used in arithmetic expressions.
3032
3033@menu
3034* Strings:: Strings
3035* Chars:: Characters
3036@end menu
3037
3038@node Strings
3039@subsubsection Strings
3040
3041@cindex string constants
3042@cindex constants, string
3043A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
3044double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
3045into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
3046a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
3047one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
3048@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
3049(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
3050escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
3051
3052@cindex escape codes, character
3053@cindex character escape codes
361fa3a4
NC
3054@c NOTE: Cindex entries must not start with a backlash character.
3055@c NOTE: This confuses the pdf2texi script when it is creating the
3056@c NOTE: index based upon the first character and so it generates:
3057@c NOTE: \initial {\\}
3058@c NOTE: which then results in the error message:
3059@c NOTE: Argument of \\ has an extra }.
3060@c NOTE: So in the index entries below a space character has been
3061@c NOTE: prepended to avoid this problem.
252b5132
RH
3062@table @kbd
3063@c @item \a
3064@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
3065@c
361fa3a4 3066@cindex @code{ \b} (backspace character)
252b5132
RH
3067@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
3068@item \b
3069Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
3070
3071@c @item \e
3072@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
3073@c
361fa3a4 3074@cindex @code{ \f} (formfeed character)
252b5132 3075@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
361fa3a4 3076@item backslash-f
252b5132
RH
3077Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
3078
361fa3a4 3079@cindex @code{ \n} (newline character)
252b5132
RH
3080@cindex newline (@code{\n})
3081@item \n
3082Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
3083
3084@c @item \p
3085@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
3086@c
361fa3a4
NC
3087@cindex @code{ \r} (carriage return character)
3088@cindex carriage return (@code{backslash-r})
252b5132
RH
3089@item \r
3090Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
3091
3092@c @item \s
3093@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
3094@c other assemblers.
3095@c
361fa3a4 3096@cindex @code{ \t} (tab)
252b5132
RH
3097@cindex tab (@code{\t})
3098@item \t
3099Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
3100
3101@c @item \v
3102@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
3103@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
3104@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
3105@c
361fa3a4 3106@cindex @code{ \@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
252b5132
RH
3107@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
3108@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
3109An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
3110For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
3111for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
3112
361fa3a4 3113@cindex @code{ \@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
252b5132
RH
3114@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
3115@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
3116A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
3117lower case @code{x} works.
3118
361fa3a4 3119@cindex @code{ \\} (@samp{\} character)
252b5132
RH
3120@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
3121@item \\
3122Represents one @samp{\} character.
3123
3124@c @item \'
3125@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
3126@c This is needed in single character literals
3127@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
3128@c a @samp{'}.
3129@c
361fa3a4 3130@cindex @code{ \"} (doublequote character)
252b5132
RH
3131@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
3132@item \"
3133Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
3134this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
3135
3136@item \ @var{anything-else}
3137Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
3138assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
3139you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
3140interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
3141other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
3142code and warns you of the fact.
3143@end table
3144
3145Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
3146varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
3147the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
3148compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
3149sequence.
3150
3151@node Chars
3152@subsubsection Characters
3153
3154@cindex single character constant
3155@cindex character, single
3156@cindex constant, single character
9962fe29
AM
3157A single character may be written as a single quote immediately followed by
3158that character. Some backslash escapes apply to characters, @code{\b},
3159@code{\f}, @code{\n}, @code{\r}, @code{\t}, and @code{\"} with the same meaning
3160as for strings, plus @code{\'} for a single quote. So if you want to write the
3161character backslash, you must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes
3162the second @code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a grave
3163accent. A newline
252b5132
RH
3164@ifclear GENERIC
3165@ifclear abnormal-separator
3166(or semicolon @samp{;})
3167@end ifclear
3168@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
3169@ifset H8
3170(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 3171Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
3172@end ifset
3173@end ifset
3174@end ifclear
3175immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
3176and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
3177constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 3178that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
3179@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
3180
3181@node Numbers
3182@subsection Number Constants
3183
3184@cindex constants, number
3185@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 3186@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
3187are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
3188would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
3189integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
3190are floating point numbers, described below.
3191
3192@menu
3193* Integers:: Integers
3194* Bignums:: Bignums
3195* Flonums:: Flonums
3196@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3197@end ifclear
3198@end menu
3199
3200@node Integers
3201@subsubsection Integers
3202@cindex integers
3203@cindex constants, integer
3204
3205@cindex binary integers
3206@cindex integers, binary
3207A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
3208the binary digits @samp{01}.
3209
3210@cindex octal integers
3211@cindex integers, octal
3212An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
3213digits (@samp{01234567}).
3214
3215@cindex decimal integers
3216@cindex integers, decimal
3217A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
3218more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
3219
3220@cindex hexadecimal integers
3221@cindex integers, hexadecimal
3222A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
3223more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
3224
3225Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
3226the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
3227(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
3228
3229@node Bignums
3230@subsubsection Bignums
3231
3232@cindex bignums
3233@cindex constants, bignum
3234A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
3235except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
3236represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
3237integers are permitted while bignums are not.
3238
3239@node Flonums
3240@subsubsection Flonums
3241@cindex flonums
3242@cindex floating point numbers
3243@cindex constants, floating point
3244
3245@cindex precision, floating point
3246A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
3247indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 3248@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
3249sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
3250to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 3251portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
3252
3253A flonum is written by writing (in order)
3254@itemize @bullet
3255@item
3256The digit @samp{0}.
3257@ifset HPPA
3258(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
3259@end ifset
3260
3261@item
a4fb0134 3262A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
3263@ifset GENERIC
3264@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
3265@ignore
3266@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
3267(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
32684.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
3269@end ignore
3270
a8eb42a8 3271On the H8/300 and Renesas / SuperH SH architectures, the letter must be
252b5132
RH
3272one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3273
3274On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
3275(in upper or lower case).
3276
252b5132
RH
3277On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
3278@end ifset
3279@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3280@ifset ARC
3281One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
3282@end ifset
3283@ifset H8
3284One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3285@end ifset
3286@ifset HPPA
3287The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
3288@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3289@end ifclear
3290
3291@item
3292An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3293
3294@item
3295An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
3296
3297@item
3298An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
3299or more decimal digits.
3300
3301@item
3302An optional exponent, consisting of:
3303
3304@itemize @bullet
3305@item
3306An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
3307@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
3308@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
3309@item
3310Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3311@item
3312One or more decimal digits.
3313@end itemize
3314
3315@end itemize
3316
3317At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
3318present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
3319
a4fb0134 3320@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 3321independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 3322@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 3323
252b5132
RH
3324@node Sections
3325@chapter Sections and Relocation
3326@cindex sections
3327@cindex relocation
3328
3329@menu
3330* Secs Background:: Background
3331* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3332* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3333* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3334* bss:: bss Section
3335@end menu
3336
3337@node Secs Background
3338@section Background
3339
3340Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3341``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3342For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3343
3344@cindex linker, and assembler
3345@cindex assembler, and linker
3346The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3347combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3348emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3349@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3350different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3351oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3352sections.
3353
3354@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3355addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3356units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3357within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3358run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3359the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3360the proper run-time addresses.
3361@ifset H8
7be1c489 3362For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3363@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3364ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3365@end ifset
3366
3367@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3368An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3369of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3370@dfn{bss} sections.
3371
c1253627 3372@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3373@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3374When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3375@end ifset
a4fb0134 3376@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3377using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3378If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3379or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3380@end ifset
3381
3382@ifset HPPA
3383@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3384When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3385@end ifset
a4fb0134 3386@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3387specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3388@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3389(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3390assembler directives.
3391
3392@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3393Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3394text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3395is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3396BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3397@end ifset
3398@end ifset
3399
3400Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3401data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3402
3403@ifset HPPA
3404When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3405section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3406@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3407@end ifset
3408
3409To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3410relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3411object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3412@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3413file is mentioned:
3414@itemize @bullet
3415@item
3416Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3417an address?
3418@item
3419How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3420@item
3421Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3422@display
3423(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3424@end display
3425@item
3426Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3427@end itemize
3428
3429@cindex addresses, format of
3430@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3431In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3432@display
3433(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3434@end display
3435@noindent
a4fb0134 3436Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3437nature.
3438@ifset SOM
3439(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3440symbol-relative instead.)
3441@end ifset
3442
3443In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3444@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3445
3446Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3447@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3448addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3449@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3450@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3451data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3452their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3453part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3454address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3455
3456The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3457address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3458rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3459Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3460address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3461common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3462time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3463
3464By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3465the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3466sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3467customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3468the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3469data and bss sections.
3470
3471Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3472use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3473
3474@node Ld Sections
3475@section Linker Sections
3476@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3477
3478@table @strong
3479
c1253627 3480@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3481@cindex named sections
3482@cindex sections, named
3483@item named sections
3484@end ifset
a8eb42a8 3485@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3486@cindex text section
3487@cindex data section
3488@itemx text section
3489@itemx data section
3490@end ifset
a4fb0134 3491These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3492separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627 3493true of another.
a8eb42a8 3494@c @ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3495When the program is running, however, it is
3496customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3497text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3498instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3499program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3500in the data section.
c1253627 3501@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3502
3503@cindex bss section
3504@item bss section
3505This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3506is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3507each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3508out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3509bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3510those explicit zeros from object files.
3511
3512@cindex absolute section
3513@item absolute section
3514Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3515This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3516not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3517addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3518
3519@cindex undefined section
3520@item undefined section
3521This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3522the preceding sections.
3523@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3524@end table
3525
3526@cindex relocation example
3527An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3528@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3529The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3530@end ifset
3531Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3532
3533@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3534@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3535@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3536@smallexample
3537 +-----+----+--+
3538partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3539 +-----+----+--+
3540
3541 text data bss
3542 seg. seg. seg.
3543
3544 +---+---+---+
3545partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3546 +---+---+---+
3547
3548 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3549linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3550 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3551
3552 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3553@end smallexample
3554@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3555@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3556@need 5000
3557@tex
c1253627 3558\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3559\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3560\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3561\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3562
3563\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3564\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3565\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3566
3567\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3568\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3569\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3570ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3571DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3572
3573\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3574\line{0\dots\hfil}
3575
3576@end tex
3577@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3578
3579@node As Sections
3580@section Assembler Internal Sections
3581
3582@cindex internal assembler sections
3583@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3584These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3585have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3586sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3587warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3588meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3589value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3590section-relative address.
3591
3592@table @b
3593@cindex assembler internal logic error
3594@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3595An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3596bug in the assembler.
3597
3598@cindex expr (internal section)
3599@item expr section
3600The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3601symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3602it in the expr section.
3603@c FIXME item debug
3604@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3605@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3606@c FIXME item register
3607@end table
3608
3609@node Sub-Sections
3610@section Sub-Sections
3611
3612@cindex numbered subsections
3613@cindex grouping data
a8eb42a8 3614@ifset aout
252b5132 3615Assembled bytes
c1253627 3616@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3617conventionally
3618@end ifset
3619fall into two sections: text and data.
3620@end ifset
3621You may have separate groups of
3622@ifset GENERIC
3623data in named sections
3624@end ifset
3625@ifclear GENERIC
a8eb42a8 3626@ifclear aout
252b5132
RH
3627data in named sections
3628@end ifclear
a8eb42a8 3629@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3630text or data
3631@end ifset
3632@end ifclear
3633that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3634are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3635use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3636numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3637same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3638subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3639section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3640assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3641section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3642constants being output.
3643
3644Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3645goes in subsection number zero.
3646
3647@ifset GENERIC
3648Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3649(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3650of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3651@end ifset
3652@ifclear GENERIC
3653@ifset H8
7be1c489 3654On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3655boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3656The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132 3657@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3658@end ifclear
3659
3660Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3661to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3662The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3663other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3664They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3665data subsections as a data section.
3666
3667To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3668into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3669@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3670@ifset COFF
252b5132 3671@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3672When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3673@end ifset
3674@ifclear GENERIC
3675You
3676@end ifclear
3677can also use an extra subsection
3678argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3679@var{expression}}.
3680@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3681@ifset ELF
3682@ifset GENERIC
3683When generating ELF output, you
3684@end ifset
3685@ifclear GENERIC
3686You
3687@end ifclear
3688can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3689to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3690@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3691@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3692(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3693is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3694begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3695@smallexample
3696.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3697.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3698.text 1
3699.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3700.data 0
3701.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3702.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3703.text 0
3704.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3705.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3706@end smallexample
3707
3708Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3709assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3710restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3711counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3712@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3713current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3714assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3715
3716@node bss
3717@section bss Section
3718
3719@cindex bss section
3720@cindex common variable storage
3721The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3722You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3723not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3724your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3725section are zeroed bytes.
3726
3727The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3728@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3729
3730The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3731another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3732
3733@ifset GENERIC
3734When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3735COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3736see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3737section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3738@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3739@end ifset
3740
3741@node Symbols
3742@chapter Symbols
3743
3744@cindex symbols
3745Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3746things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3747to debug.
3748
3749@quotation
3750@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3751@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3752the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3753@end quotation
3754
3755@menu
3756* Labels:: Labels
3757* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3758* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3759* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3760* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3761@end menu
3762
3763@node Labels
3764@section Labels
3765
3766@cindex labels
3767A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3768@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3769active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3770operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3771different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3772definitions.
3773
3774@ifset HPPA
3775On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3776colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3777a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3778provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3779@end ifset
3780
3781@node Setting Symbols
3782@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3783
3784@cindex assigning values to symbols
3785@cindex symbol values, assigning
3786A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3787by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3788(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3789directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3790equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3791@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3792
f8739b83
JZ
3793@ifset Blackfin
3794Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3795@end ifset
3796
252b5132
RH
3797@node Symbol Names
3798@section Symbol Names
3799
3800@cindex symbol names
3801@cindex names, symbol
3802@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3803Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3804machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3805noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3806string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3807particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3808@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3809@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3810@ifset H8
3811Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3812Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3813character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3814on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3815@end ifset
3816@end ifset
3817
3818Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3819than @code{Foo}.
3820
ed1fcdd1
NC
3821Symbol names do not start with a digit. An exception to this rule is made for
3822Local Labels. See below.
3823
7bfd842d
NC
3824Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3825multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3826@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3827currently supported.
3828
252b5132
RH
3829Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3830refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3831in a program.
3832
3833@subheading Local Symbol Names
3834
3835@cindex local symbol names
3836@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3837A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3838By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3839@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3840set of local label prefixes.
3841@ifset HPPA
3842On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3843@end ifset
3844
3845Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3846normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
5c9352f3
AM
3847You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols})
3848to retain the local symbols in the object files.
ba83aca1
BW
3849
3850@subheading Local Labels
3851
3852@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3853@cindex temporary symbol names
3854@cindex symbol names, temporary
ed1fcdd1
NC
3855Local labels are different from local symbols. Local labels help compilers and
3856programmers use names temporarily. They create symbols which are guaranteed to
3857be unique over the entire scope of the input source code and which can be
3858referred to by a simple notation. To define a local label, write a label of
9791c250
AM
3859the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N} represents any non-negative integer).
3860To refer to the most recent previous definition of that label write
3861@samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when you defined the label. To refer
3862to the next definition of a local label, write @samp{@b{N}f}. The @samp{b}
3863stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands for ``forwards''.
2d5aaba0
NC
3864
3865There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3866too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3867the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3868defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3869definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3870noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3871implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3872
3873Here is an example:
3874
3875@smallexample
38761: branch 1f
38772: branch 1b
38781: branch 2f
38792: branch 1b
3880@end smallexample
3881
3882Which is the equivalent of:
3883
3884@smallexample
3885label_1: branch label_3
3886label_2: branch label_1
3887label_3: branch label_4
3888label_4: branch label_3
3889@end smallexample
3890
ba83aca1 3891Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3892transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3893The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3894are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3895these parts:
252b5132
RH
3896
3897@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3898@item @emph{local label prefix}
3899All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3900Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3901that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3902used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3903@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3904object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3905you may use them in debugging.
3906
2d5aaba0
NC
3907@item @var{number}
3908This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3909label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3910
2d5aaba0
NC
3911@item @kbd{C-B}
3912This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3913of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3914
3915@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3916This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3917@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3918number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3919the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3920@end table
3921
ba83aca1
BW
3922So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3923the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3924
3925@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3926@cindex dollar local symbols
3927
ed1fcdd1
NC
3928On some targets @code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of
3929local labels called dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they
3930become undefined) as soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain
3931valid for only a small region of the input source code. Normal local labels,
3932by contrast, remain in scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined
3933by another occurrence of the same local label.
2d5aaba0
NC
3934
3935Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3936except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3937@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3938
3939They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3940names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3941to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3942@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3943
3944@node Dot
3945@section The Special Dot Symbol
3946
3947@cindex dot (symbol)
3948@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3949@cindex current address
3950@cindex location counter
3951The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3952@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3953.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3954Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3955directive.
252b5132 3956@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3957Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3958@samp{.space 4}.
3959@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3960
3961@node Symbol Attributes
3962@section Symbol Attributes
3963
3964@cindex symbol attributes
3965@cindex attributes, symbol
3966Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3967``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3968attributes.
3969@ifset INTERNALS
3970The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3971@end ifset
3972
a4fb0134 3973If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3974all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3975symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3976would want.
3977
3978@menu
3979* Symbol Value:: Value
3980* Symbol Type:: Type
a8eb42a8 3981@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3982* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3983@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3984@ifset COFF
3985* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3986@end ifset
3987@ifset SOM
3988* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3989@end ifset
3990@end menu
3991
3992@node Symbol Value
3993@subsection Value
3994
3995@cindex value of a symbol
3996@cindex symbol value
3997The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3998location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3999number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
4000Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
4001as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
4002symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
4003called absolute.
4004
4005The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
40060 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
4007@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
4008same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
4009name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
4010common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
4011bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
4012allocated storage.
4013
4014@node Symbol Type
4015@subsection Type
4016
4017@cindex type of a symbol
4018@cindex symbol type
4019The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
4020information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
4021(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
4022format depends on the object-code output format in use.
4023
a8eb42a8 4024@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
4025@node a.out Symbols
4026@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
4027
4028@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
4029@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
4030
252b5132
RH
4031@menu
4032* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
4033* Symbol Other:: Other
4034@end menu
4035
4036@node Symbol Desc
4037@subsubsection Descriptor
4038
4039@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
4040This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
4041descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
4042(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 4043@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
4044
4045@node Symbol Other
4046@subsubsection Other
4047
4048@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 4049This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
4050@end ifset
4051
4052@ifset COFF
4053@node COFF Symbols
4054@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
4055
4056@cindex COFF symbol attributes
4057@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
4058
4059The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
4060like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
4061@code{.endef} directives.
4062
4063@subsubsection Primary Attributes
4064
4065@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
4066The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
4067respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
4068
4069@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
4070
4071@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 4072The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
4073@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
4074table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
4075@end ifset
4076
4077@ifset SOM
4078@node SOM Symbols
4079@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
4080
4081@cindex SOM symbol attributes
4082@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
4083
4084The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
4085the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
4086
01642c12 4087The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
4088Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
4089@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
4090@end ifset
4091
4092@node Expressions
4093@chapter Expressions
4094
4095@cindex expressions
4096@cindex addresses
4097@cindex numeric values
4098An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
4099Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
4100
4101The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
4102a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 4103enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
4104section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
4105the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 4106@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
4107
4108@menu
4109* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
4110* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
4111@end menu
4112
4113@node Empty Exprs
4114@section Empty Expressions
4115
4116@cindex empty expressions
4117@cindex expressions, empty
4118An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
4119Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 4120expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
4121is compatible with other assemblers.
4122
4123@node Integer Exprs
4124@section Integer Expressions
4125
4126@cindex integer expressions
4127@cindex expressions, integer
4128An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
4129by @emph{operators}.
4130
4131@menu
4132* Arguments:: Arguments
4133* Operators:: Operators
4134* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
4135* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
4136@end menu
4137
4138@node Arguments
4139@subsection Arguments
4140
4141@cindex expression arguments
4142@cindex arguments in expressions
4143@cindex operands in expressions
4144@cindex arithmetic operands
4145@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
4146contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
4147this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
4148the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
4149expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
4150instruction operands.
4151
4152Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
4153@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
4154or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
4155integer.
4156
4157Numbers are usually integers.
4158
4159A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 4160that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
4161these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
4162instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
4163assemblers.
4164
4165@cindex subexpressions
4166Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
4167expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
4168operator followed by an argument.
4169
4170@node Operators
4171@subsection Operators
4172
4173@cindex operators, in expressions
4174@cindex arithmetic functions
4175@cindex functions, in expressions
4176@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
4177operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
4178between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
4179whitespace.
4180
4181@node Prefix Ops
4182@subsection Prefix Operator
4183
4184@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 4185@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
4186one argument, which must be absolute.
4187
4188@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
4189@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
4190@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
4191@tex
4192\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
4193@end tex
4194
4195@table @code
4196@item -
4197@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
4198@item ~
4199@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
4200@end table
4201
4202@tex
4203\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
4204@end tex
4205
4206@node Infix Ops
4207@subsection Infix Operators
4208
4209@cindex infix operators
4210@cindex operators, permitted arguments
4211@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
4212have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 4213to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
4214absolute, and the result is absolute.
4215
4216@enumerate
4217@cindex operator precedence
4218@cindex precedence of operators
4219
4220@item
4221Highest Precedence
4222
4223@table @code
4224@item *
4225@dfn{Multiplication}.
4226
4227@item /
4228@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
4229
4230@item %
4231@dfn{Remainder}.
4232
d1eac9d9 4233@item <<
252b5132
RH
4234@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
4235
d1eac9d9 4236@item >>
252b5132
RH
4237@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
4238@end table
4239
4240@item
4241Intermediate precedence
4242
4243@table @code
4244@item |
4245
4246@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4247
4248@item &
4249@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4250
4251@item ^
4252@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4253
4254@item !
4255@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4256@end table
4257
4258@item
b131d4dc 4259Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4260
4261@table @code
4262@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4263@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4264@cindex arguments for addition
4265@item +
4266@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4267the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4268sections.
4269
4270@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4271@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4272@cindex arguments for subtraction
4273@item -
4274@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4275result has the section of the left argument.
4276If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4277You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4278@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4279
4280@cindex comparison expressions
4281@cindex expressions, comparison
4282@item ==
4283@dfn{Is Equal To}
4284@item <>
723a8472 4285@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4286@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4287@item <
4288@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4289@item >
b131d4dc 4290@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4291@item >=
b131d4dc 4292@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4293@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4294@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4295
4296The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4297value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4298perform signed comparisons.
4299@end table
4300
4301@item Lowest Precedence
4302
4303@table @code
4304@item &&
4305@dfn{Logical And}.
4306
4307@item ||
4308@dfn{Logical Or}.
4309
4310These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4311expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4312value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4313or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4314
252b5132
RH
4315@end table
4316@end enumerate
4317
4318In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4319address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4320
4321@node Pseudo Ops
4322@chapter Assembler Directives
4323
4324@cindex directives, machine independent
4325@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4326@cindex machine independent directives
4327All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
7e302352
RS
4328The names are case insensitive for most targets, and usually written
4329in lower case.
252b5132
RH
4330
4331This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4332target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4333@ifset GENERIC
4334Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4335@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4336@end ifset
4337@ifclear GENERIC
4338@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4339@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4340@end ifset
4341@end ifclear
4342
4343@menu
4344* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4345@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4346* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4347@end ifset
f0dc282c 4348
915808f6 4349* Align:: @code{.align [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]]}
caa32fe5 4350* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4351* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4352* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
915808f6 4353* Balign:: @code{.balign [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]}
d3b47e2b 4354* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, etc
252b5132 4355* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4356* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4357* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132 4358* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
340d33e5
NC
4359* Dc:: @code{.dc[@var{size}] @var{expressions}}
4360* Dcb:: @code{.dcb[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
4361* Ds:: @code{.ds[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
4362@ifset COFF
4363* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4364@end ifset
a8eb42a8 4365@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
4366* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4367@end ifset
4368@ifset COFF
4369* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4370@end ifset
f0dc282c 4371
252b5132
RH
4372* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4373* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4374* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4375* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4376* End:: @code{.end}
4377@ifset COFF
4378* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4379@end ifset
f0dc282c 4380
252b5132
RH
4381* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4382* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4383* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4384* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4385* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4386* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4387* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4388* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4389* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4390* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4391* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4392* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4393* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4394* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4395* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4396@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4397* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4398* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4399@end ifset
f0dc282c 4400
252b5132
RH
4401* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4402* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4403* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4404* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4405* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4406* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4407@ifset ELF
4408* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4409@end ifset
f0dc282c 4410
252b5132
RH
4411* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4412* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4413* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4414* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4415@ifclear no-line-dir
4416* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4417@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4418
252b5132
RH
4419* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4420* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4421* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4422* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4423* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4424@ifset ELF
4425* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4426@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4427
252b5132
RH
4428* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4429@ignore
4430* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4431@end ignore
f0dc282c 4432
252b5132
RH
4433* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4434* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4435* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132 4436* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
8f065d3b 4437* Nops:: @code{.nops @var{size}[, @var{control}]}
252b5132 4438* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4439* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291 4440* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
915808f6 4441* P2align:: @code{.p2align [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]]}
c91d2e08
NC
4442@ifset ELF
4443* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4444* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4445@end ifset
f0dc282c 4446
252b5132 4447* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4448@ifset ELF
4449* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4450@end ifset
f0dc282c 4451
252b5132
RH
4452* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4453* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4454@ifset ELF
4455* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4456@end ifset
f0dc282c 4457
252b5132 4458* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4459* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4460* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4461* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4462@ifset COFF
4463* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4464@end ifset
4465@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4466* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4467@end ifset
f0dc282c 4468
252b5132
RH
4469* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4470* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4471* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4472@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4473* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4474@end ifset
884f0d36 4475@ifclear no-space-dir
340d33e5 4476* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
884f0d36
BW
4477@end ifclear
4478
252b5132 4479* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4480@ifclear no-space-dir
340d33e5 4481* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
884f0d36 4482@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4483@ifset have-stabs
4484* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4485@end ifset
f0dc282c 4486
38a57ae7 4487* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4488* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4489@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4490* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4491* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4492@end ifset
f0dc282c 4493
252b5132
RH
4494@ifset COFF
4495* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4496@end ifset
f0dc282c 4497
252b5132
RH
4498* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4499* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4500@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4501* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4502@end ifset
4503
c91d2e08 4504* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4505@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4506* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4507@end ifset
f0dc282c 4508
2e13b764 4509@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4510* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4511* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4512* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4513@end ifset
f0dc282c 4514
d190d046 4515* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4516* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4517* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132 4518* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7ce98c16
NC
4519@ifclear no-space-dir
4520* Zero:: @code{.zero @var{size}}
4521@end ifclear
2b841ec2
AM
4522@ifset ELF
4523* 2byte:: @code{.2byte @var{expressions}}
4524* 4byte:: @code{.4byte @var{expressions}}
4525* 8byte:: @code{.8byte @var{bignums}}
4526@end ifset
252b5132
RH
4527* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4528@end menu
4529
4530@node Abort
4531@section @code{.abort}
4532
4533@cindex @code{abort} directive
4534@cindex stopping the assembly
4535This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4536compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4537assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4538of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4539quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4540
4541@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4542@node ABORT (COFF)
4543@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4544
4545@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4546When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4547synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4548
252b5132
RH
4549@end ifset
4550
4551@node Align
915808f6 4552@section @code{.align [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]]}
252b5132
RH
4553
4554@cindex padding the location counter
4555@cindex @code{align} directive
4556Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4557boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
915808f6
NC
4558required, as described below. If this expression is omitted then a default
4559value of 0 is used, effectively disabling alignment requirements.
252b5132
RH
4560
4561The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4562padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 4563padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
4564marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4565with no-op instructions.
4566
4567The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4568it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4569directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4570specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4571fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4572required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4573with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4574
4575The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
a8eb42a8 4576For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, iq2000, m68k, or1k,
5b660084 4577s390, sparc, tic4x and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4578alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4579the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4580is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4581first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4582
9e9a9798 4583For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4584strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4585number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4586advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
a6ce99e9 4587counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
252b5132
RH
4588multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4589
4590This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4591native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4592GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4593described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4594architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4595
ccf8a69b
BW
4596@node Altmacro
4597@section @code{.altmacro}
4598Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4599
4600@ftable @code
4601@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4602One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4603generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4604replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4605replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4606separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4607define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4608
4609@item String delimiters
4610You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4611@code{"@var{string}"}:
4612
4613@table @code
4614@item '@var{string}'
4615You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4616
4617@item <@var{string}>
4618You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4619@end table
4620
4621@item single-character string escape
4622To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4623character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4624character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4625write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4626
4627@item Expression results as strings
4628You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4629and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4630@end ftable
4631
252b5132
RH
4632@node Ascii
4633@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4634
4635@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4636@cindex string literals
4637@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4638separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4639trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4640
4641@node Asciz
4642@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4643
4644@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4645@cindex zero-terminated strings
4646@cindex null-terminated strings
4647@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4648a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4649
4650@node Balign
915808f6 4651@section @code{.balign[wl] [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]]}
252b5132
RH
4652
4653@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4654@cindex @code{balign} directive
4655Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4656storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4657alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4658the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
915808f6
NC
4659is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. If the expression is omitted
4660then a default value of 0 is used, effectively disabling alignment requirements.
252b5132
RH
4661
4662The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4663padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 4664padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
4665marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4666with no-op instructions.
4667
4668The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4669it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4670directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4671specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4672fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4673required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4674with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4675
4676@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4677@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4678The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4679@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4680pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4681fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
46824,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4683filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4684the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4685undefined.
4686
fa94de6b 4687@node Bundle directives
d3b47e2b
L
4688@section Bundle directives
4689@subsection @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b
RM
4690@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4691@cindex bundle
4692@cindex instruction bundle
4693@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4694@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4695bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4696into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4697disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4698gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4699@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4700
4701For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4702certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4703instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4704@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4705chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4706effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4707instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4708that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4709end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4710starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4711instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4712
d3b47e2b 4713@subsection @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
fa94de6b
RM
4714@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4715@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4716The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4717allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4718are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4719aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4720@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4721directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4722
4723@cindex bundle-locked
4724For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4725appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4726instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4727and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4728instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4729sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4730@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4731entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4732boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4733first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4734aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4735bundle size.
4736
d416e51d
RM
4737For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4738inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4739nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4740@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4741matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4742same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4743
252b5132
RH
4744@node Byte
4745@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4746
4747@cindex @code{byte} directive
4748@cindex integers, one byte
4749@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4750Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4751
54cfded0 4752@node CFI directives
d3b47e2b
L
4753@section CFI directives
4754@subsection @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
38462edf
JJ
4755@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4756@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4757should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4758If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4759if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4760To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4761directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4762
2f0c68f2
CM
4763On targets that support compact unwinding tables these can be generated
4764by specifying @code{.eh_frame_entry} instead of @code{.eh_frame}.
4765
bd5608dc
NC
4766Some targets may support an additional name, such as @code{.c6xabi.exidx}
4767which is used by the @value{TIC6X} target.
4768
4769The @code{.cfi_sections} directive can be repeated, with the same or different
4770arguments, provided that CFI generation has not yet started. Once CFI
4771generation has started however the section list is fixed and any attempts to
4772redefine it will result in an error.
4773
d3b47e2b 4774@subsection @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4775@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4776@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4777should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4778data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4779@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4780
01642c12 4781Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4782it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4783
d3b47e2b 4784@subsection @code{.cfi_endproc}
54cfded0
AM
4785@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4786@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4787unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4788@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4789
d3b47e2b 4790@subsection @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
2f0c68f2 4791@cindex @code{cfi_personality} directive
9b8ae42e
JJ
4792@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4793@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4794should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4795argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4796a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4797the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4798can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4799The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4800no personality routine.
4801
2f0c68f2
CM
4802@subsection @code{.cfi_personality_id @var{id}}
4803@cindex @code{cfi_personality_id} directive
4804@code{cfi_personality_id} defines a personality routine by its index as
4805defined in a compact unwinding format.
4806Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4807with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4808
4809@subsection @code{.cfi_fde_data [@var{opcode1} [, @dots{}]]}
4810@cindex @code{cfi_fde_data} directive
4811@code{cfi_fde_data} is used to describe the compact unwind opcodes to be
4812used for the current function. These are emitted inline in the
4813@code{.eh_frame_entry} section if small enough and there is no LSDA, or
4814in the @code{.gnu.extab} section otherwise.
4815Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4816with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4817
d3b47e2b 4818@subsection @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
9b8ae42e
JJ
4819@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4820@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
2f0c68f2
CM
4821should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), the second
4822argument is not present, otherwise the second argument should be a constant
9b8ae42e 4823or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
2f0c68f2
CM
4824meaning that no LSDA is present.
4825
4826@subsection @code{.cfi_inline_lsda} [@var{align}]
4827@code{.cfi_inline_lsda} marks the start of a LSDA data section and
4828switches to the corresponding @code{.gnu.extab} section.
4829Must be preceded by a CFI block containing a @code{.cfi_lsda} directive.
4830Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4831with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4832
4833The table header and unwinding opcodes will be generated at this point,
4834so that they are immediately followed by the LSDA data. The symbol
4835referenced by the @code{.cfi_lsda} directive should still be defined
4836in case a fallback FDE based encoding is used. The LSDA data is terminated
4837by a section directive.
4838
4839The optional @var{align} argument specifies the alignment required.
4840The alignment is specified as a power of two, as with the
4841@code{.p2align} directive.
9b8ae42e 4842
d3b47e2b 4843@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4844@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4845address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4846
d3b47e2b 4847@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
54cfded0
AM
4848@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4849now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4850remains the same.
4851
d3b47e2b 4852@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4853@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4854remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4855absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4856CFA address.
4857
d3b47e2b 4858@subsection @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4859Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
33eaf5de 4860value that is added/subtracted from the previous offset.
54cfded0 4861
d3b47e2b 4862@subsection @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4863Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4864CFA.
54cfded0 4865
084303b8
AK
4866@subsection @code{.cfi_val_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4867Previous value of @var{register} is CFA + @var{offset}.
4868
d3b47e2b 4869@subsection @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
17076204
RH
4870Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4871the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4872using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4873This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4874code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4875
d3b47e2b 4876@subsection @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4b7d318b
L
4877Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4878
d3b47e2b 4879@subsection @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4880@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4881same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4882instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4883
d3b47e2b 4884@subsection @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4b7d318b
L
4885From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4886
d3b47e2b 4887@subsection @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4888Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4889i.e. no restoration needed.
4890
48eac74c
MG
4891@subsection @code{.cfi_remember_state} and @code{.cfi_restore_state}
4892@code{.cfi_remember_state} pushes the set of rules for every register onto an
4893implicit stack, while @code{.cfi_restore_state} pops them off the stack and
4894places them in the current row. This is useful for situations where you have
4895multiple @code{.cfi_*} directives that need to be undone due to the control
4896flow of the program. For example, we could have something like this (assuming
4897the CFA is the value of @code{rbp}):
4898
4899@smallexample
4900 je label
4901 popq %rbx
4902 .cfi_restore %rbx
4903 popq %r12
4904 .cfi_restore %r12
4905 popq %rbp
4906 .cfi_restore %rbp
4907 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4908 ret
4909label:
4910 /* Do something else */
4911@end smallexample
4912
4913Here, we want the @code{.cfi} directives to affect only the rows corresponding
4914to the instructions before @code{label}. This means we'd have to add multiple
4915@code{.cfi} directives after @code{label} to recreate the original save
4916locations of the registers, as well as setting the CFA back to the value of
4917@code{rbp}. This would be clumsy, and result in a larger binary size. Instead,
4918we can write:
4919
4920@smallexample
4921 je label
4922 popq %rbx
4923 .cfi_remember_state
4924 .cfi_restore %rbx
4925 popq %r12
4926 .cfi_restore %r12
4927 popq %rbp
4928 .cfi_restore %rbp
4929 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4930 ret
4931label:
4932 .cfi_restore_state
4933 /* Do something else */
4934@end smallexample
4935
4936That way, the rules for the instructions after @code{label} will be the same
4937as before the first @code{.cfi_restore} without having to use multiple
4938@code{.cfi} directives.
4b7d318b 4939
d3b47e2b 4940@subsection @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4941Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4942directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4943
d3b47e2b 4944@subsection @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
63752a75
JJ
4945Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4946
d3b47e2b 4947@subsection @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4948SPARC register window has been saved.
4949
d3b47e2b 4950@subsection @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
cdfbf930
RH
4951Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4952might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4953opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4954
d3b47e2b 4955@subsection @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
f1c4cc75
RH
4956The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4957will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4958description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4959
4960The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4961limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4962mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4963by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4964or another register.
4965
ccf8a69b
BW
4966@node Comm
4967@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4968
ccf8a69b
BW
4969@cindex @code{comm} directive
4970@cindex symbol, common
4971@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4972common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4973of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4974definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4975allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4976absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4977the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4978using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4979
c1711530
DK
4980@ifset COFF-ELF
4981When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4982an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4983specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4984that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4985as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4986boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4987power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4988common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4989alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4990largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4991maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4992is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4993@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4994multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4995It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4996(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4997@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4998
ccf8a69b
BW
4999@ifset HPPA
5000The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5001@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5002@end ifset
07a53e5c 5003
252b5132
RH
5004@node Data
5005@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
252b5132 5006@cindex @code{data} directive
340d33e5 5007
a4fb0134 5008@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
5009end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
5010absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
5011to zero.
5012
340d33e5
NC
5013@node Dc
5014@section @code{.dc[@var{size}] @var{expressions}}
5015@cindex @code{dc} directive
5016
46c685ac 5017The @code{.dc} directive expects zero or more @var{expressions} separated by
340d33e5
NC
5018commas. These expressions are evaluated and their values inserted into the
5019current section. The size of the emitted value depends upon the suffix to the
5020@code{.dc} directive:
5021
5022@table @code
5023@item @samp{.a}
5024Emits N-bit values, where N is the size of an address on the target system.
5025@item @samp{.b}
5026Emits 8-bit values.
5027@item @samp{.d}
5028Emits double precision floating-point values.
5029@item @samp{.l}
5030Emits 32-bit values.
5031@item @samp{.s}
5032Emits single precision floating-point values.
5033@item @samp{.w}
5034Emits 16-bit values.
5035Note - this is true even on targets where the @code{.word} directive would emit
503632-bit values.
5037@item @samp{.x}
5038Emits long double precision floating-point values.
5039@end table
5040
5041If no suffix is used then @samp{.w} is assumed.
5042
d7c79856
MR
5043The byte ordering is target dependent, as is the size and format of floating
5044point values.
340d33e5
NC
5045
5046@node Dcb
5047@section @code{.dcb[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
5048@cindex @code{dcb} directive
5049This directive emits @var{number} copies of @var{fill}, each of @var{size}
5050bytes. Both @var{number} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the
5051comma and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. The
5052@var{size} suffix, if present, must be one of:
5053
5054@table @code
5055@item @samp{.b}
5056Emits single byte values.
5057@item @samp{.d}
5058Emits double-precision floating point values.
5059@item @samp{.l}
5060Emits 4-byte values.
5061@item @samp{.s}
5062Emits single-precision floating point values.
5063@item @samp{.w}
5064Emits 2-byte values.
5065@item @samp{.x}
5066Emits long double-precision floating point values.
5067@end table
5068
5069If the @var{size} suffix is omitted then @samp{.w} is assumed.
5070
5071The byte ordering is target dependent, as is the size and format of floating
5072point values.
5073
5074@node Ds
5075@section @code{.ds[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
5076@cindex @code{ds} directive
5077This directive emits @var{number} copies of @var{fill}, each of @var{size}
5078bytes. Both @var{number} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the
5079comma and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. The
5080@var{size} suffix, if present, must be one of:
5081
5082@table @code
5083@item @samp{.b}
5084Emits single byte values.
5085@item @samp{.d}
5086Emits 8-byte values.
5087@item @samp{.l}
5088Emits 4-byte values.
5089@item @samp{.p}
5090Emits 12-byte values.
5091@item @samp{.s}
5092Emits 4-byte values.
5093@item @samp{.w}
5094Emits 2-byte values.
5095@item @samp{.x}
5096Emits 12-byte values.
5097@end table
5098
5099Note - unlike the @code{.dcb} directive the @samp{.d}, @samp{.s} and @samp{.x}
d7c79856 5100suffixes do not indicate that floating-point values are to be inserted.
340d33e5
NC
5101
5102If the @var{size} suffix is omitted then @samp{.w} is assumed.
5103
d7c79856 5104The byte ordering is target dependent.
340d33e5
NC
5105
5106
252b5132
RH
5107@ifset COFF
5108@node Def
5109@section @code{.def @var{name}}
5110
5111@cindex @code{def} directive
5112@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
5113@cindex debugging COFF symbols
5114Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
5115definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
252b5132
RH
5116@end ifset
5117
a8eb42a8 5118@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
5119@node Desc
5120@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
5121
5122@cindex @code{desc} directive
5123@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
5124@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
5125This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
5126to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
5127
5128@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 5129The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 5130configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 5131object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
5132it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
5133@end ifset
5134@end ifset
5135
5136@ifset COFF
5137@node Dim
5138@section @code{.dim}
5139
5140@cindex @code{dim} directive
5141@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
5142@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
5143This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
5144information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
5145@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
252b5132
RH
5146@end ifset
5147
5148@node Double
5149@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
5150
5151@cindex @code{double} directive
5152@cindex floating point numbers (double)
5153@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5154assembles floating point numbers.
5155@ifset GENERIC
5156The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5157@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5158@end ifset
5159@ifclear GENERIC
5160@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5161On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
5162in @sc{ieee} format.
5163@end ifset
5164@end ifclear
5165
5166@node Eject
5167@section @code{.eject}
5168
5169@cindex @code{eject} directive
5170@cindex new page, in listings
5171@cindex page, in listings
5172@cindex listing control: new page
5173Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
5174
5175@node Else
5176@section @code{.else}
5177
5178@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 5179@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5180assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
5181of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
5182was false.
5183
3fd9f047
TW
5184@node Elseif
5185@section @code{.elseif}
5186
5187@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 5188@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5189assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
5190@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
5191
252b5132
RH
5192@node End
5193@section @code{.end}
5194
5195@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 5196@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
5197process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
5198
5199@ifset COFF
5200@node Endef
5201@section @code{.endef}
5202
5203@cindex @code{endef} directive
5204This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
5205@code{.def}.
252b5132
RH
5206@end ifset
5207
5208@node Endfunc
5209@section @code{.endfunc}
5210@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
5211@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
5212
5213@node Endif
5214@section @code{.endif}
5215
5216@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 5217@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
5218it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
5219conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
5220
5221@node Equ
5222@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5223
5224@cindex @code{equ} directive
5225@cindex assigning values to symbols
5226@cindex symbols, assigning values to
5227This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 5228It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
5229
5230@ifset HPPA
01642c12 5231The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
5232@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
5233@end ifset
5234
3c9b82ba 5235@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
5236The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
5237@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
33eaf5de 5238On the Z80 it is an error if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 5239but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 5240Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
5241@end ifset
5242
252b5132
RH
5243@node Equiv
5244@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5245@cindex @code{equiv} directive
5246The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
5247the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
5248symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
5249undefined.
252b5132 5250
01642c12 5251Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
5252@smallexample
5253.ifdef SYM
5254.err
5255.endif
5256.equ SYM,VAL
5257@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
5258plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
5259
5260@node Eqv
5261@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5262@cindex @code{eqv} directive
5263The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
5264evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
5265the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
5266value is taken.
252b5132
RH
5267
5268@node Err
5269@section @code{.err}
5270@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
5271If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
5272message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 5273object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 5274
d190d046
HPN
5275@node Error
5276@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
5277@cindex error directive
5278
5279Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
5280string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
5281message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
5282@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
5283
5284@smallexample
5285 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
5286@end smallexample
5287
252b5132
RH
5288@node Exitm
5289@section @code{.exitm}
5290Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
5291
5292@node Extern
5293@section @code{.extern}
5294
5295@cindex @code{extern} directive
5296@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 5297with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
5298all undefined symbols as external.
5299
5300@node Fail
5301@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
5302
5303@cindex @code{fail} directive
5304Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
5305or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
5306than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
5307include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
5308complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
5309
252b5132 5310@node File
14082c76 5311@section @code{.file}
252b5132 5312@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
5313
5314@ifclear no-file-dir
5315There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
5316that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
5317@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
5318
5319@subheading Default Version
5320
252b5132
RH
5321@cindex logical file name
5322@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
5323This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
5324are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
5325
5326@smallexample
5327.file @var{string}
5328@end smallexample
5329
5330@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
5331recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
5332to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
5333statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 5334old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
5335
5336@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
5337@end ifclear
5338
14082c76
BW
5339When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
5340to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
5341
5342@smallexample
5343.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
5344@end smallexample
5345
5346The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
5347index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
5348literal.
5349
5350The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
5351table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
5352information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
5353entries will have.
5354
252b5132
RH
5355@node Fill
5356@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
5357
5358@cindex @code{fill} directive
5359@cindex writing patterns in memory
5360@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 5361@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
5362This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
5363may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
5364more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
5365other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
5366is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
5367zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 5368byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
5369Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
5370@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
5371compatible with other people's assemblers.
5372
5373@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
5374If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
5375assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
5376@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
5377
5378@node Float
5379@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
5380
5381@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5382@cindex @code{float} directive
5383This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5384has the same effect as @code{.single}.
5385@ifset GENERIC
5386The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5387@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
5388@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
5389@end ifset
5390@ifclear GENERIC
5391@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5392On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
5393in @sc{ieee} format.
5394@end ifset
5395@end ifclear
5396
5397@node Func
5398@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
5399@cindex @code{func} directive
5400@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
5401is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 5402Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
5403@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
5404prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
5405@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
5406All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
5407The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
5408
5409@node Global
5410@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
5411
5412@cindex @code{global} directive
5413@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
5414@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
5415@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
5416other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
5417@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
5418from another file linked into the same program.
5419
5420Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
5421compatibility with other assemblers.
5422
5423@ifset HPPA
5424On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
5425partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 5426@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5427@end ifset
5428
c91d2e08 5429@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5430@node Gnu_attribute
5431@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5432Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5433
c91d2e08
NC
5434@node Hidden
5435@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5436
c1253627
NC
5437@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5438@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5439This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5440@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5441@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5442
5443This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5444their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5445@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5446Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5447@end ifset
5448
252b5132
RH
5449@node hword
5450@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5451
5452@cindex @code{hword} directive
5453@cindex integers, 16-bit
5454@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5455@cindex sixteen bit integers
5456This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5457a 16 bit number for each.
5458
5459@ifset GENERIC
5460This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5461architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5462@end ifset
5463@ifclear GENERIC
5464@ifset W32
5465This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5466@end ifset
5467@ifset W16
5468This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5469@end ifset
5470@end ifclear
5471
5472@node Ident
5473@section @code{.ident}
5474
5475@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5476
5477This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5478behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5479a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5480source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5481for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5482@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5483emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5484
5485@node If
5486@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5487
5488@cindex conditional assembly
5489@cindex @code{if} directive
5490@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5491considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5492(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5493the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5494(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5495alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5496If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5497nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5498
5499The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5500@table @code
5501@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5502@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5503Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5504has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5505is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5506
26aca5f6
JB
5507@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5508@item .ifb @var{text}
5509Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5510
252b5132
RH
5511@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5512@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5513Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5514strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5515the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5516end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5517string comparison is case sensitive.
5518
5519@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5520@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5521Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5522
5523@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5524@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5525Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5526
5527@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5528@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5529Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5530equal to zero.
5531
5532@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5533@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5534Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5535
5536@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5537@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5538Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5539to zero.
5540
5541@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5542@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5543Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5544
26aca5f6
JB
5545@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5546@item .ifnb @var{text}
5547Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5548following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5549
252b5132
RH
5550@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5551@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5552Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5553following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5554
5555@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5556@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5557@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5558@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5559Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5560has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5561which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5562
5563@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5564@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5565Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5566(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5567
5568@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5569@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5570Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5571following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5572@end table
5573
7e005732
NC
5574@node Incbin
5575@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5576
5577@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5578@cindex binary files, including
5579The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5580location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5581option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5582around @var{file}.
5583
5584The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5585@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5586read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5587responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5588after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5589
252b5132
RH
5590@node Include
5591@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5592
5593@cindex @code{include} directive
5594@cindex supporting files, including
5595@cindex files, including
5596This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5597points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5598if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5599included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5600can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5601(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5602around @var{file}.
5603
5604@node Int
5605@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5606
5607@cindex @code{int} directive
5608@cindex integers, 32-bit
5609Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5610For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5611expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5612of target the assembly is for.
5613
5614@ifclear GENERIC
5615@ifset H8
7be1c489 5616On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5617integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
561832-bit integers.
5619@end ifset
5620@end ifclear
5621
c91d2e08
NC
5622@ifset ELF
5623@node Internal
5624@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5625
c1253627
NC
5626@cindex @code{internal} directive
5627@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5628This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5629@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5630@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5631
5632This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5633their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5634@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5635(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5636processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5637@end ifset
5638
252b5132
RH
5639@node Irp
5640@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5641
5642@cindex @code{irp} directive
5643Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5644The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5645terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5646set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5647@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5648@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5649sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5650
5651For example, assembling
5652
5653@example
5654 .irp param,1,2,3
5655 move d\param,sp@@-
5656 .endr
5657@end example
5658
5659is equivalent to assembling
5660
5661@example
5662 move d1,sp@@-
5663 move d2,sp@@-
5664 move d3,sp@@-
5665@end example
5666
96e9638b 5667For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5668
252b5132
RH
5669@node Irpc
5670@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5671
5672@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5673Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5674The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5675terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5676@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5677assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5678assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5679@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5680
5681For example, assembling
5682
5683@example
5684 .irpc param,123
5685 move d\param,sp@@-
5686 .endr
5687@end example
5688
5689is equivalent to assembling
5690
5691@example
5692 move d1,sp@@-
5693 move d2,sp@@-
5694 move d3,sp@@-
5695@end example
5696
5e75c3ab
JB
5697For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5698at @xref{Macro}.
5699
252b5132
RH
5700@node Lcomm
5701@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5702
5703@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5704@cindex local common symbols
5705@cindex symbols, local common
5706Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5707denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5708those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5709section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5710is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5711not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5712
5713@ifset GENERIC
5714Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5715argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5716@end ifset
5717
5718@ifset HPPA
5719The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5720@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5721@end ifset
5722
5723@node Lflags
5724@section @code{.lflags}
5725
5726@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5727@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5728assemblers, but ignores it.
5729
5730@ifclear no-line-dir
5731@node Line
5732@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5733
5734@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132 5735@cindex logical line number
a8eb42a8 5736@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
5737Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5738expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5739statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5740reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5741@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5742for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5743@end ifset
5744
252b5132 5745Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5746@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5747when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5748were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5749@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5750
5751Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5752used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5753debugging.
5754@end ifclear
5755
5756@node Linkonce
5757@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5758@cindex COMDAT
5759@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5760@cindex common sections
5761Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5762This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5763but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5764The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5765Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5766unique.
5767
5768This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5769writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5770Executable format used on Windows NT.
5771
5772The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5773following strings. For example:
5774@smallexample
5775.linkonce same_size
5776@end smallexample
5777Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5778
5779@table @code
5780@item discard
5781Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5782
5783@item one_only
5784Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5785
5786@item same_size
5787Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5788
5789@item same_contents
5790Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5791@end table
5792
ccf8a69b
BW
5793@node List
5794@section @code{.list}
5795
5796@cindex @code{list} directive
5797@cindex listing control, turning on
5798Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5799not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5800internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5801counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5802generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5803
5804By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
a05a5b64 5805@samp{-a} command-line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
ccf8a69b
BW
5806the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5807
252b5132
RH
5808@node Ln
5809@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5810
5811@cindex @code{ln} directive
5812@ifclear no-line-dir
5813@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5814@end ifclear
5815@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5816Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5817must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5818line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5819statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5820line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
252b5132
RH
5821@end ifset
5822
ccf8a69b
BW
5823@node Loc
5824@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5825@cindex @code{loc} directive
5826When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5827the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5828number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5829instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5830arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5831the row is added.
252b5132 5832
ccf8a69b
BW
5833The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5834
5835@table @code
5836@item basic_block
5837This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5838@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5839
5840@item prologue_end
5841This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5842@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5843
5844@item epilogue_begin
5845This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5846@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5847
5848@item is_stmt @var{value}
5849This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5850@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5851either 0 or 1.
5852
5853@item isa @var{value}
5854This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5855state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5856
92846e72
CC
5857@item discriminator @var{value}
5858This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5859state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5860
ba8826a8
AO
5861@item view @var{value}
5862This option causes a row to be added to @code{.debug_line} in reference to the
5863current address (which might not be the same as that of the following assembly
5864instruction), and to associate @var{value} with the @code{view} register in the
5865@code{.debug_line} state machine. If @var{value} is a label, both the
5866@code{view} register and the label are set to the number of prior @code{.loc}
5867directives at the same program location. If @var{value} is the literal
5868@code{0}, the @code{view} register is set to zero, and the assembler asserts
5869that there aren't any prior @code{.loc} directives at the same program
5870location. If @var{value} is the literal @code{-0}, the assembler arrange for
5871the @code{view} register to be reset in this row, even if there are prior
5872@code{.loc} directives at the same program location.
5873
ccf8a69b
BW
5874@end table
5875
5876@node Loc_mark_labels
5877@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5878@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5879When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5880the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5881to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5882register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5883The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5884this function respectively.
252b5132 5885
4d4175af
BW
5886@ifset ELF
5887@node Local
5888@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5889
5890@cindex @code{local} directive
5891This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5892the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5893will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5894they will be created.
5895
5896For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5897accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5898the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5899(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5900@end ifset
5901
252b5132
RH
5902@node Long
5903@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5904
5905@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5906@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5907
5908@ignore
5909@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5910@c what it really ought to do
5911@node Lsym
5912@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5913
5914@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5915@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5916@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5917the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5918rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5919the same as the expression value:
5920@smallexample
5921@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5922@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5923@var{value} = @var{expression}
5924@end smallexample
5925@noindent
5926The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5927@end ignore
5928
5929@node Macro
5930@section @code{.macro}
5931
5932@cindex macros
5933The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5934generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5935@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5936
5937@example
5938 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5939 .long \from
5940 .if \to-\from
5941 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5942 .endif
5943 .endm
5944@end example
5945
5946@noindent
5947With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5948
5949@example
5950 .long 0
5951 .long 1
5952 .long 2
5953 .long 3
5954 .long 4
5955 .long 5
5956@end example
5957
5958@ftable @code
5959@item .macro @var{macname}
5960@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5961@cindex @code{macro} directive
5962Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5963definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5964separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5965indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5966@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5967(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5968macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5969cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5970subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5971definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5972
5973@table @code
5974@item .macro comm
5975Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5976arguments.
5977
6258339f 5978@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5979@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5980Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5981which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5982@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5983
5984@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5985Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5986arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5987After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5988@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5989@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5990,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5991@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5992
6eaeac8a
JB
5993@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5994Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5995arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5996not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5997will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5998
252b5132
RH
5999When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
6000position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
6001@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
6002
6258339f
NC
6003@end table
6004
5e75c3ab
JB
6005Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
6006as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
6007occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 6008characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 6009(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 6010architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
6011character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
6012replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
6013construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
6014identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
6015this macro definition:
6016
6017@example
6018 .macro label l
6019\l:
6020 .endm
6021@end example
6022
6023might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
6024called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
6025assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
6026identifier.
6027
6028Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
6029which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
6030for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
6031length specifier like this:
6032
6033@example
6034 .macro opcode base length
6035 \base.\length
6036 .endm
6037@end example
6038
6039and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
6040instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
6041interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
6042
6043There are several possible ways around this problem:
6044
6045@table @code
6046@item Insert white space
6047If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
6048solution. eg:
6049
6050@example
6051 .macro label l
6052\l :
6053 .endm
6054@end example
6055
6056@item Use @samp{\()}
6057The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
6058the following text. eg:
6059
6060@example
6061 .macro opcode base length
6062 \base\().\length
6063 .endm
6064@end example
6065
6066@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
6067In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
6068used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
6069
6070@example
6071 .altmacro
6072 .macro label l
6073l&:
6074 .endm
6075@end example
6258339f 6076@end table
5e75c3ab 6077
96e9638b 6078Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 6079also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 6080and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 6081
252b5132
RH
6082@item .endm
6083@cindex @code{endm} directive
6084Mark the end of a macro definition.
6085
6086@item .exitm
6087@cindex @code{exitm} directive
6088Exit early from the current macro definition.
6089
6090@cindex number of macros executed
6091@cindex macros, count executed
6092@item \@@
a4fb0134 6093@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
6094executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
6095output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
6096
252b5132
RH
6097@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
6098@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
6099macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
6100@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
6101@end ftable
252b5132 6102
ccf8a69b
BW
6103@node MRI
6104@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 6105
ccf8a69b
BW
6106@cindex @code{mri} directive
6107@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
6108If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
6109@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
6110affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
6111of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 6112
caa32fe5
NC
6113@node Noaltmacro
6114@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 6115Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 6116
252b5132
RH
6117@node Nolist
6118@section @code{.nolist}
6119
6120@cindex @code{nolist} directive
6121@cindex listing control, turning off
6122Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
6123not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
6124internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
6125counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
6126generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
6127
8f065d3b
L
6128@node Nops
6129@section @code{.nops @var{size}[, @var{control}]}
62a02d25 6130
8f065d3b 6131@cindex @code{nops} directive
62a02d25
L
6132@cindex filling memory with no-op instructions
6133This directive emits @var{size} bytes filled with no-op instructions.
6134@var{size} is absolute expression, which must be a positve value.
6135@var{control} controls how no-op instructions should be generated. If
6136the comma and @var{control} are omitted, @var{control} is assumed to be
6137zero.
6138
6139Note: For Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 targets, @var{control} specifies
6140the size limit of a no-op instruction. The valid values of @var{control}
3ae729d5
L
6141are between 0 and 4 in 16-bit mode, between 0 and 7 when tuning for
6142older processors in 32-bit mode, between 0 and 11 in 64-bit mode or when
6143tuning for newer processors in 32-bit mode. When 0 is used, the no-op
6144instruction size limit is set to the maximum supported size.
62a02d25 6145
252b5132
RH
6146@node Octa
6147@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
6148
a8eb42a8 6149@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on some? Or warn?
252b5132
RH
6150@cindex @code{octa} directive
6151@cindex integer, 16-byte
6152@cindex sixteen byte integer
6153This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
6154bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
6155
6156The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6157hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
6158
9aec2026
NC
6159@node Offset
6160@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
6161
6162@cindex @code{offset} directive
6163Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
6164be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
6165symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 6166directive.
9aec2026 6167
252b5132
RH
6168@node Org
6169@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
6170
6171@cindex @code{org} directive
6172@cindex location counter, advancing
6173@cindex advancing location counter
6174@cindex current address, advancing
6175Advance the location counter of the current section to
6176@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
6177expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
6178you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
6179wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
6180with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 6181@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6182is the same as the current subsection.
6183
6184@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
6185unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
6186backwards.
6187
6188@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
6189@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
6190@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 6191Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6192may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
6193a chance to share your improved assembler.
6194
6195Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
6196to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
6197people's assemblers.
6198
6199When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
6200intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
6201absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
6202@var{fill} defaults to zero.
6203
6204@node P2align
915808f6 6205@section @code{.p2align[wl] [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]]}
252b5132
RH
6206
6207@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
6208@cindex @code{p2align} directive
6209Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
6210storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
6211number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
6212advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
a6ce99e9 6213counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
915808f6
NC
6214multiple of 8, no change is needed. If the expression is omitted then a
6215default value of 0 is used, effectively disabling alignment requirements.
252b5132
RH
6216
6217The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
6218padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 6219padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
6220marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
6221with no-op instructions.
6222
6223The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
6224it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
6225directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
6226specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
6227fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
6228required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
6229with no-op instructions when appropriate.
6230
6231@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
6232@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
6233The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
6234@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
6235pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
6236fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
62372,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
6238filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
6239the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
6240undefined.
6241
ccf8a69b
BW
6242@ifset ELF
6243@node PopSection
6244@section @code{.popsection}
6245
6246@cindex @code{popsection} directive
6247@cindex Section Stack
6248This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6249@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6250@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
6251(@pxref{Previous}).
6252
6253This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
6254section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 6255stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
6256@end ifset
6257
c91d2e08
NC
6258@ifset ELF
6259@node Previous
6260@section @code{.previous}
6261
c1253627 6262@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6263@cindex Section Stack
6264This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
6265@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6266@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
6267(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
6268
6269This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 6270referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 6271@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
6272subsections). For example:
6273
6274@smallexample
6275.section A
6276 .subsection 1
6277 .word 0x1234
6278 .subsection 2
6279 .word 0x5678
6280.previous
6281 .word 0x9abc
6282@end smallexample
6283
6284Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
6285section A. Whilst:
6286
6287@smallexample
6288.section A
6289.subsection 1
6290 # Now in section A subsection 1
6291 .word 0x1234
6292.section B
6293.subsection 0
6294 # Now in section B subsection 0
6295 .word 0x5678
6296.subsection 1
6297 # Now in section B subsection 1
6298 .word 0x9abc
6299.previous
6300 # Now in section B subsection 0
6301 .word 0xdef0
6302@end smallexample
6303
6304Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
6305section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
6306
6307In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
6308the top section on the section stack.
6309@end ifset
6310
252b5132
RH
6311@node Print
6312@section @code{.print @var{string}}
6313
6314@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 6315@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
6316assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
6317
c91d2e08
NC
6318@ifset ELF
6319@node Protected
6320@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
6321
c1253627
NC
6322@cindex @code{protected} directive
6323@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 6324This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 6325@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
6326
6327This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
6328their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
6329@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
6330components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
6331component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 6332this.
c91d2e08
NC
6333@end ifset
6334
252b5132
RH
6335@node Psize
6336@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
6337
6338@cindex @code{psize} directive
6339@cindex listing control: paper size
6340@cindex paper size, for listings
6341Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
6342number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
6343
6344If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
6345of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
6346default width is 200 columns.
6347
a4fb0134 6348@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
6349lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
6350@code{.eject}).
6351
6352If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
6353those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
6354
6355@node Purgem
6356@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
6357
6358@cindex @code{purgem} directive
6359Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
6360expanded. @xref{Macro}.
6361
c91d2e08
NC
6362@ifset ELF
6363@node PushSection
9cfc3331 6364@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 6365
c1253627 6366@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6367@cindex Section Stack
6368This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6369@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6370@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6371(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6372
e9863d7f
DJ
6373This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
6374top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
6375subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
6376@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
6377as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
6378@end ifset
6379
252b5132
RH
6380@node Quad
6381@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
6382
6383@cindex @code{quad} directive
6384@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
6385each bignum, it emits
6386@ifclear bignum-16
6387an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
6388warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
6389@cindex eight-byte integer
6390@cindex integer, 8-byte
6391
6392The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6393hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
6394@end ifclear
6395@ifset bignum-16
6396a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
6397warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
6398@cindex sixteen-byte integer
6399@cindex integer, 16-byte
6400@end ifset
6401
05e9452c
AM
6402@node Reloc
6403@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
6404
6405@cindex @code{reloc} directive
6406Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
6407@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
6408the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
6409symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
6410@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
6411absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
6412targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
6413relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
6414section.
6415
252b5132
RH
6416@node Rept
6417@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
6418
6419@cindex @code{rept} directive
6420Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
6421@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
6422
6423For example, assembling
6424
6425@example
6426 .rept 3
6427 .long 0
6428 .endr
6429@end example
6430
6431is equivalent to assembling
6432
6433@example
6434 .long 0
6435 .long 0
6436 .long 0
6437@end example
6438
808811a3
NC
6439A count of zero is allowed, but nothing is generated. Negative counts are not
6440allowed and if encountered will be treated as if they were zero.
6441
252b5132
RH
6442@node Sbttl
6443@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
6444
6445@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
6446@cindex subtitles for listings
6447@cindex listing control: subtitle
6448Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
6449title line) when generating assembly listings.
6450
6451This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6452it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6453
6454@ifset COFF
6455@node Scl
6456@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6457
6458@cindex @code{scl} directive
6459@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6460@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6461Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6462used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6463whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6464symbolic debugging information.
252b5132
RH
6465@end ifset
6466
c1253627 6467@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6468@node Section
c1253627 6469@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6470
252b5132
RH
6471@cindex named section
6472Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6473named @var{name}.
6474
6475This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6476named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6477with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6478
c1253627
NC
6479@ifset COFF
6480@ifset ELF
6481@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6482@subheading COFF Version
6483@end ifset
6484
6485@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6486For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6487ways:
c91d2e08 6488
252b5132
RH
6489@smallexample
6490.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6491.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6492@end smallexample
6493
6494If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6495section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
eda683bb 6496
252b5132
RH
6497@table @code
6498@item b
6499bss section (uninitialized data)
6500@item n
6501section is not loaded
6502@item w
6503writable section
6504@item d
6505data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6506@item e
6507exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6508@item r
6509read-only section
6510@item x
6511executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6512@item s
6513shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6514@item a
6515ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6516@item y
6517section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6518@item 0-9
6519single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6520@end table
6521
6522If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6523the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6524loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6525from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6526will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6527
6528If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6529taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6530@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6531
6532@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6533@ifset COFF
6534@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6535@subheading ELF Version
6536@end ifset
6537
c91d2e08
NC
6538@cindex Section Stack
6539This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6540@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6541(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6542@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6543
c1253627 6544@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6545For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6546
252b5132 6547@smallexample
7047dd1e 6548.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6549@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6550
451133ce
NP
6551@anchor{Section Name Substitutions}
6552@kindex --sectname-subst
6553@cindex section name substitution
6554If the @samp{--sectname-subst} command-line option is provided, the @var{name}
6555argument may contain a substitution sequence. Only @code{%S} is supported
6556at the moment, and substitutes the current section name. For example:
6557
6558@smallexample
6559.macro exception_code
6560.section %S.exception
6561[exception code here]
6562.previous
6563.endm
6564
6565.text
6566[code]
6567exception_code
6568[...]
6569
6570.section .init
6571[init code]
6572exception_code
6573[...]
6574@end smallexample
6575
6576The two @code{exception_code} invocations above would create the
6577@code{.text.exception} and @code{.init.exception} sections respectively.
33eaf5de
NC
6578This is useful e.g. to discriminate between ancillary sections that are
6579tied to setup code to be discarded after use from ancillary sections that
451133ce
NP
6580need to stay resident without having to define multiple @code{exception_code}
6581macros just for that purpose.
6582
252b5132 6583The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6584combination of the following characters:
eda683bb 6585
252b5132
RH
6586@table @code
6587@item a
6588section is allocatable
a91e1603
L
6589@item d
6590section is a GNU_MBIND section
18ae9cc1
L
6591@item e
6592section is excluded from executable and shared library.
b7d07216
L
6593@item o
6594section references a symbol defined in another section (the linked-to
6595section) in the same file.
252b5132
RH
6596@item w
6597section is writable
6598@item x
6599section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6600@item M
6601section is mergeable
6602@item S
6603section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6604@item G
6605section is a member of a section group
6606@item T
6607section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6608@item ?
6609section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
eda683bb 6610@item @code{<number>}
9fb71ee4
NC
6611a numeric value indicating the bits to be set in the ELF section header's flags
6612field. Note - if one or more of the alphabetic characters described above is
6613also included in the flags field, their bit values will be ORed into the
6614resulting value.
eda683bb
NC
6615@item @code{<target specific>}
6616some targets extend this list with their own flag characters
252b5132
RH
6617@end table
6618
9fb71ee4
NC
6619Note - once a section's flags have been set they cannot be changed. There are
6620a few exceptions to this rule however. Processor and application specific
6621flags can be added to an already defined section. The @code{.interp},
6622@code{.strtab} and @code{.symtab} sections can have the allocate flag
6623(@code{a}) set after they are initially defined, and the @code{.note-GNU-stack}
eda683bb 6624section may have the executable (@code{x}) flag added.
9fb71ee4 6625
252b5132 6626The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
eda683bb 6627
252b5132
RH
6628@table @code
6629@item @@progbits
6630section contains data
6631@item @@nobits
6632section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6633@item @@note
6634section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6635@item @@init_array
6636section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6637@item @@fini_array
6638section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6639@item @@preinit_array
6640section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
eda683bb 6641@item @@@code{<number>}
9fb71ee4 6642a numeric value to be set as the ELF section header's type field.
eda683bb 6643@item @@@code{<target specific>}
9fb71ee4 6644some targets extend this list with their own types
252b5132
RH
6645@end table
6646
9fb71ee4
NC
6647Many targets only support the first three section types. The type may be
6648enclosed in double quotes if necessary.
10b016c2 6649
ececec60
NC
6650Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6651ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6652@code{%} character.
6653
9fb71ee4
NC
6654Note - some sections, eg @code{.text} and @code{.data} are considered to be
6655special and have fixed types. Any attempt to declare them with a different
6656type will generate an error from the assembler.
6657
22fe14ad 6658If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6659be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6660
6661@smallexample
6662.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6663@end smallexample
6664
6665Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6666constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6667@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6668@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6669the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6670absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6671which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6672@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6673@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad 6674
b7d07216
L
6675If @var{flags} contains the @code{o} flag, then the @var{type} argument
6676must be present along with an additional field like this:
6677
6678@smallexample
6679.section @var{name},"@var{flags}"o,@@@var{type},@var{SymbolName}
6680@end smallexample
6681
6682The @var{SymbolName} field specifies the symbol name which the section
6683references.
6684
6685Note: If both the @var{M} and @var{o} flags are present, then the fields
6686for the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6687
6688@smallexample
6689.section @var{name},"@var{flags}"Mo,@@@var{type},@var{entsize},@var{SymbolName}
6690@end smallexample
6691
22fe14ad
NC
6692If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6693be present along with an additional field like this:
6694
6695@smallexample
6696.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6697@end smallexample
6698
6699The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6700particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
eda683bb 6701
22fe14ad
NC
6702@table @code
6703@item comdat
6704indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6705@item .gnu.linkonce
6706an alias for comdat
6707@end table
6708
96e9638b 6709Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6710the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6711
6712@smallexample
6713.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6714@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6715
b7d07216
L
6716If both @code{o} flag and @code{G} flag are present, then the
6717@var{SymbolName} field for @code{o} comes first, like this:
6718
6719@smallexample
6720.section @var{name},"@var{flags}"oG,@@@var{type},@var{SymbolName},@var{GroupName}[,@var{linkage}]
6721@end smallexample
6722
01642c12
RM
6723If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6724@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6725present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6726this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6727@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6728If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6729
a8c4d40b
L
6730The optional @var{unique,@code{<number>}} argument must come last. It
6731assigns @var{@code{<number>}} as a unique section ID to distinguish
6732different sections with the same section name like these:
6733
6734@smallexample
6735.section @var{name},"@var{flags}",@@@var{type},@var{unique,@code{<number>}}
6736.section @var{name},"@var{flags}"G,@@@var{type},@var{GroupName},[@var{linkage}],@var{unique,@code{<number>}}
6737.section @var{name},"@var{flags}"MG,@@@var{type},@var{entsize},@var{GroupName}[,@var{linkage}],@var{unique,@code{<number>}}
6738@end smallexample
6739
6740The valid values of @var{@code{<number>}} are between 0 and 4294967295.
6741
252b5132
RH
6742If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6743the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6744none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6745executable. The section will contain data.
6746
6747For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6748directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6749
252b5132
RH
6750@smallexample
6751.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6752@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6753
252b5132
RH
6754Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6755separated flags:
eda683bb 6756
252b5132
RH
6757@table @code
6758@item #alloc
6759section is allocatable
6760@item #write
6761section is writable
6762@item #execinstr
6763section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6764@item #exclude
6765section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6766@item #tls
6767section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6768@end table
c91d2e08 6769
e9863d7f
DJ
6770This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6771contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6772some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6773work.
c1253627
NC
6774@end ifset
6775@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6776
6777@node Set
6778@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6779
6780@cindex @code{set} directive
6781@cindex symbol value, setting
6782Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6783changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6784@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6785flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6786
5d239759
NC
6787You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly provided that the
6788values given to the symbol are constants. Values that are based on expressions
6789involving other symbols are allowed, but some targets may restrict this to only
6790being done once per assembly. This is because those targets do not set the
6791addresses of symbols at assembly time, but rather delay the assignment until a
6792final link is performed. This allows the linker a chance to change the code in
6793the files, changing the location of, and the relative distance between, various
6794different symbols.
252b5132
RH
6795
6796If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6797file is the last value stored into it.
6798
3c9b82ba 6799@ifset Z80
6655dba2 6800On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use @code{.set} or
3c9b82ba
NC
6801@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6802@end ifset
6803
252b5132
RH
6804@node Short
6805@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6806
6807@cindex @code{short} directive
6808@ifset GENERIC
6809@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6810@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6811
6812In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6813numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6814@end ifset
6815@ifclear GENERIC
6816@ifset W16
6817@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6818@end ifset
6819@ifset W32
6820This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6821a 16 bit number for each.
6822@end ifset
6823@end ifclear
6824
6825@node Single
6826@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6827
6828@cindex @code{single} directive
6829@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6830This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6831has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6832@ifset GENERIC
6833The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6834@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6835@end ifset
6836@ifclear GENERIC
6837@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6838On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6839numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6840@end ifset
6841@end ifclear
6842
c1253627 6843@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6844@node Size
c1253627 6845@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6846
c1253627
NC
6847This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6848
6849@ifset COFF
6850@ifset ELF
6851@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6852@subheading COFF Version
6853@end ifset
6854
6855@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6856For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6857@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6858
6859@smallexample
6860.size @var{expression}
6861@end smallexample
252b5132 6862
c1253627 6863@end ifset
c91d2e08 6864
c1253627
NC
6865@ifset ELF
6866@ifset COFF
6867@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6868@subheading ELF Version
6869@end ifset
6870
6871@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6872For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6873
c1253627
NC
6874@smallexample
6875.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6876@end smallexample
6877
6878This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6879The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6880arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6881symbols.
c1253627
NC
6882@end ifset
6883@end ifset
252b5132 6884
252b5132
RH
6885@ifclear no-space-dir
6886@node Skip
340d33e5 6887@section @code{.skip @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
6888
6889@cindex @code{skip} directive
6890@cindex filling memory
6891This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6892@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6893@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6894@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6895@end ifclear
252b5132 6896
ccf8a69b
BW
6897@node Sleb128
6898@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6899
6900@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6901@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6902compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6903symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6904
884f0d36 6905@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 6906@node Space
340d33e5 6907@section @code{.space @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
6908
6909@cindex @code{space} directive
6910@cindex filling memory
6911This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6912@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6913and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6914as @samp{.skip}.
6915
6916@ifset HPPA
6917@quotation
6918@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6919targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6920Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6921@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6922for a summary.
6923@end quotation
6924@end ifset
6925@end ifclear
6926
252b5132
RH
6927@ifset have-stabs
6928@node Stab
6929@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6930
6931@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6932@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6933There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6934All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6935The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6936cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6937Up to five fields are required:
6938
6939@table @var
6940@item string
6941This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6942@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6943debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6944using this field.
6945
6946@item type
6947An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6948this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6949and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6950
6951@item other
6952An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6953low 8 bits of this expression.
6954
6955@item desc
6956An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6957bits of this expression.
6958
6959@item value
6960An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6961@end table
6962
6963If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6964or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6965you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6966compatible with earlier assemblers!
6967
6968@table @code
6969@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6970@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6971
6972The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6973It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6974null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6975strings.
6976
6977The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6978relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6979is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6980assembled.
6981
6982@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6983@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6984The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6985
6986@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6987@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6988All five fields are specified.
6989@end table
6990@end ifset
6991@c end have-stabs
6992
6993@node String
38a57ae7 6994@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6995"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6996
6997@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6998@cindex string8, copying to object file
6999@cindex string16, copying to object file
7000@cindex string32, copying to object file
7001@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 7002@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
7003@cindex @code{string8} directive
7004@cindex @code{string16} directive
7005@cindex @code{string32} directive
7006@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
7007
7008Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
7009one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
7010particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
7011You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
7012
01642c12 7013The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
7014the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
7015copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
7016are stored in target endianness byte order.
7017
7018Example:
7019@smallexample
7020 .string32 "BYE"
7021expands to:
7022 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
7023 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
7024@end smallexample
7025
7026
252b5132
RH
7027@node Struct
7028@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
7029
7030@cindex @code{struct} directive
7031Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
7032which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
7033@smallexample
7034 .struct 0
7035field1:
7036 .struct field1 + 4
7037field2:
7038 .struct field2 + 4
7039field3:
7040@end smallexample
7041This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
7042@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
7043value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
7044use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
7045before further assembly.
7046
c91d2e08
NC
7047@ifset ELF
7048@node SubSection
7049@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
7050
c1253627 7051@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7052@cindex Section Stack
7053This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
7054@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
7055@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 7056(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
7057
7058This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
7059section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
7060in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
7061@end ifset
7062
252b5132
RH
7063@ifset ELF
7064@node Symver
7065@section @code{.symver}
7066@cindex @code{symver} directive
7067@cindex symbol versioning
7068@cindex versions of symbols
7069Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
7070within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
7071typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
7072There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
7073into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
7074shared library.
7075
79082ff0 7076For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
7077@smallexample
7078.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
7079@end smallexample
339681c0 7080If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 7081being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
7082alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
7083just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
7084permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
7085of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
7086itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
7087have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
7088file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
7089function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
7090the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
7091building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
7092symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
7093nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
7094
7095If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
7096references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
7097reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
7098symbol table.
79082ff0
L
7099
7100Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
7101@smallexample
7102.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
7103@end smallexample
7104In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 7105the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
7106difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
7107references to @var{name2} by the linker.
7108
7109The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
7110@smallexample
7111.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
7112@end smallexample
7113When @var{name} is not defined within the
7114file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
7115@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
7116name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
7117@end ifset
7118
7119@ifset COFF
7120@node Tag
7121@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
7122
7123@cindex COFF structure debugging
7124@cindex structure debugging, COFF
7125@cindex @code{tag} directive
7126This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
7127information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
7128@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
7129definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
252b5132
RH
7130@end ifset
7131
7132@node Text
7133@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
7134
7135@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 7136Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
7137the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
7138expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
7139is used.
7140
7141@node Title
7142@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
7143
7144@cindex @code{title} directive
7145@cindex listing control: title line
7146Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
7147source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
7148
7149This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
7150it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
7151
c1253627 7152@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 7153@node Type
c1253627
NC
7154@section @code{.type}
7155
7156This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
7157
7158@ifset COFF
7159@ifset ELF
7160@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7161@subheading COFF Version
7162@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7163
7164@cindex COFF symbol type
7165@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
7166@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
7167For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
7168@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
7169
7170@smallexample
7171.type @var{int}
7172@end smallexample
7173
7174This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
7175entry.
252b5132 7176
c1253627 7177@end ifset
c91d2e08 7178
c1253627
NC
7179@ifset ELF
7180@ifset COFF
7181@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7182@subheading ELF Version
7183@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7184
7185@cindex ELF symbol type
7186@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
7187@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
7188For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
7189
7190@smallexample
7191.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
7192@end smallexample
7193
7194This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 7195function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 7196supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 7197compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
7198
7199Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
7200@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
7201below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
7202the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
7203maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
7204assemblers.
7205
7206The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
7207
7208@smallexample
5671778d
NC
7209 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
7210 .type <name>,#<type>
7211 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 7212 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
7213 .type <name>,"<type>"
7214@end smallexample
7215
7216The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 7217
5671778d
NC
7218@table @gcctabopt
7219@item STT_FUNC
7220@itemx function
7221Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 7222
d8045f23
NC
7223@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
7224@itemx gnu_indirect_function
7225Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 7226processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 7227
5671778d
NC
7228@item STT_OBJECT
7229@itemx object
7230Mark the symbol as being a data object.
7231
7232@item STT_TLS
7233@itemx tls_object
33eaf5de 7234Mark the symbol as being a thread-local data object.
5671778d
NC
7235
7236@item STT_COMMON
7237@itemx common
7238Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
7239
7240@item STT_NOTYPE
7241@itemx notype
7242Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
7243
3e7a7d11
NC
7244@item gnu_unique_object
7245Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
7246will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
7247name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
7248systems).
3e7a7d11 7249
5671778d
NC
7250@end table
7251
f2d4ba38
JB
7252Changing between incompatible types other than from/to STT_NOTYPE will
7253result in a diagnostic. An intermediate change to STT_NOTYPE will silence
7254this.
7255
5671778d 7256Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 7257
c1253627
NC
7258@end ifset
7259@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7260
7261@node Uleb128
7262@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
7263
7264@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 7265@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 7266compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 7267symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
7268
7269@ifset COFF
7270@node Val
7271@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
7272
7273@cindex @code{val} directive
7274@cindex COFF value attribute
7275@cindex value attribute, COFF
7276This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
7277records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
7278entry.
252b5132
RH
7279@end ifset
7280
2e13b764 7281@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
7282@node Version
7283@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 7284
c1253627 7285@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7286This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
7287formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 7288@end ifset
2e13b764 7289
c91d2e08
NC
7290@ifset ELF
7291@node VTableEntry
7292@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 7293
653cfe85 7294@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7295This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
7296@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 7297
c91d2e08
NC
7298@node VTableInherit
7299@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 7300
653cfe85 7301@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7302This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
7303@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 7304parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 7305parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 7306@end ifset
2e13b764 7307
d190d046
HPN
7308@node Warning
7309@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
7310@cindex warning directive
7311Similar to the directive @code{.error}
7312(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
7313
c91d2e08
NC
7314@node Weak
7315@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 7316
c1253627 7317@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 7318This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 7319@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 7320
01642c12 7321On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 7322directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
7323@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
7324
977cdf5a 7325On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 7326When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 7327alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 7328
06e77878
AO
7329@node Weakref
7330@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
7331
7332@cindex @code{weakref} directive
7333This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
7334be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
7335If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
7336will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
7337symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
7338
7339The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
7340assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
7341symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
7342resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
7343had the references to the alias removed.
7344
7345The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
7346within the assembler.
7347
252b5132
RH
7348@node Word
7349@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7350
7351@cindex @code{word} directive
7352This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
7353separated by commas.
7354@ifclear GENERIC
7355@ifset W32
a4fb0134 7356For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7357@end ifset
7358@ifset W16
a4fb0134 7359For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7360@end ifset
7361@end ifclear
7362@ifset GENERIC
7363
7364The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
7365depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
7366@end ifset
7367
a8eb42a8 7368@c on sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
252b5132
RH
7369@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
7370@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7371@cindex difference tables altered
7372@cindex altered difference tables
7373@quotation
7374@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
7375@end quotation
7376
7377@ifset GENERIC
7378Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
7379addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
7380interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
7381@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
7382
7383@end ifset
7384In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 7385@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 7386Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 7387compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 7388directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 7389@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
7390creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
7391This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
7392first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
7393of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
7394table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
7395contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
7396@code{sym2}.
7397
7398If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
7399secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
7400@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
7401long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
7402and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
7403minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
7404entries in the original jump table as necessary.
7405
7406@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 7407@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
7408@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
7409assembly language programmers.
7410@end ifset
7411@end ifset
7412@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7413
7ce98c16
NC
7414@ifclear no-space-dir
7415@node Zero
7416@section @code{.zero @var{size}}
7417
7418@cindex @code{zero} directive
7419@cindex filling memory with zero bytes
7420This directive emits @var{size} 0-valued bytes. @var{size} must be an absolute
7421expression. This directive is actually an alias for the @samp{.skip} directive
900e33b9 7422so it can take an optional second argument of the value to store in the bytes
7ce98c16
NC
7423instead of zero. Using @samp{.zero} in this way would be confusing however.
7424@end ifclear
7425
2b841ec2
AM
7426@ifset ELF
7427@node 2byte
ea86f534 7428@section @code{.2byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7429@cindex @code{2byte} directive
7430@cindex two-byte integer
7431@cindex integer, 2-byte
2b841ec2 7432
e406e428
NC
7433This directive expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas. If there
7434are no expressions then the directive does nothing. Otherwise each expression
7435is evaluated in turn and placed in the next two bytes of the current output
7436section, using the endian model of the target. If an expression will not fit
7437in two bytes, a warning message is displayed and the least significant two
7438bytes of the expression's value are used. If an expression cannot be evaluated
7439at assembly time then relocations will be generated in order to compute the
7440value at link time.
7441
7442This directive does not apply any alignment before or after inserting the
7443values. As a result of this, if relocations are generated, they may be
7444different from those used for inserting values with a guaranteed alignment.
7445
8b1e5da1 7446This directive is only available for ELF targets,
2b841ec2
AM
7447
7448@node 4byte
ea86f534 7449@section @code{.4byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7450@cindex @code{4byte} directive
7451@cindex four-byte integer
7452@cindex integer, 4-byte
2b841ec2 7453
e406e428
NC
7454Like the @option{.2byte} directive, except that it inserts unaligned, four byte
7455long values into the output.
2b841ec2
AM
7456
7457@node 8byte
ea86f534 7458@section @code{.8byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7459@cindex @code{8byte} directive
7460@cindex eight-byte integer
7461@cindex integer, 8-byte
2b841ec2 7462
e21126b7 7463Like the @option{.2byte} directive, except that it inserts unaligned, eight
e406e428
NC
7464byte long bignum values into the output.
7465
2b841ec2
AM
7466@end ifset
7467
252b5132
RH
7468@node Deprecated
7469@section Deprecated Directives
7470
7471@cindex deprecated directives
7472@cindex obsolescent directives
7473One day these directives won't work.
7474They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
7475@table @t
7476@item .abort
7477@item .line
7478@end table
7479
3a99f02f
DJ
7480@ifset ELF
7481@node Object Attributes
7482@chapter Object Attributes
7483@cindex object attributes
7484
7485@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
7486into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
7487Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
7488point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
7489requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
7490passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
7491hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
7492generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
7493newer generation at run-time.
7494
7495This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
7496@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
7497time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
7498correctly.
7499
7500Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
7501attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
7502string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
7503and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
7504or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
7505attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
7506
7507Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
7508The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
7509
7510@menu
7511* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7512* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
7513@end menu
7514
7515@node GNU Object Attributes
7516@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7517
7518The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
7519with vendor @samp{gnu}.
7520
7521Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
7522its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
7523an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
75242} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
7525architecture-dependent ones.
7526
7527@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
7528
7529These attributes are valid on all architectures.
7530
7531@table @r
7532@item Tag_compatibility (32)
7533The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
7534the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
7535then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
7536than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
7537arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
7538@end table
7539
7540@subsection MIPS Attributes
7541
7542@table @r
7543@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
7544The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7545
7546@itemize @bullet
7547@item
75480 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7549@item
f179c512
MF
75501 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a standard
7551double-precision FPU.
3a99f02f
DJ
7552@item
75532 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
7554@item
75553 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a 7556@item
f179c512
MF
75574 for files using the deprecated hardware floating-point ABI which used 64-bit
7558floating-point registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and increased the
7559number of callee-saved floating-point registers.
7560@item
75615 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a double-precision FPU
7562with either 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point registers and 32-bit
7563general-purpose registers.
7564@item
75656 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7566registers and 32-bit general-purpose registers.
7567@item
75687 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7569registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and a rule that forbids the
7570direct use of odd-numbered single-precision floating-point registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
7571@end itemize
7572@end table
7573
7574@subsection PowerPC Attributes
7575
7576@table @r
7577@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
7578The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7579
7580@itemize @bullet
7581@item
75820 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7583@item
3c7b9897 75841 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7585@item
75862 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
7587@item
75883 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7589@end itemize
7590
7591@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
7592The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7593
7594@itemize @bullet
7595@item
75960 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7597@item
75981 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
7599@item
76002 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
7601@item
76023 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
7603@end itemize
7604@end table
7605
643f7afb
AK
7606@subsection IBM z Systems Attributes
7607
7608@table @r
7609@item Tag_GNU_S390_ABI_Vector (8)
7610The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7611
7612@itemize @bullet
7613@item
76140 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7615@item
76161 for files using software vector ABI.
7617@item
76182 for files using hardware vector ABI.
7619@end itemize
7620@end table
7621
c0ea7c52
JL
7622@subsection MSP430 Attributes
7623
7624@table @r
7625@item Tag_GNU_MSP430_Data_Region (4)
7626The data region used by this object file. The value will be:
7627
7628@itemize @bullet
7629@item
76300 for files not using the large memory model.
7631@item
76321 for files which have been compiled with the condition that all
7633data is in the lower memory region, i.e. below address 0x10000.
7634@item
76352 for files which allow data to be placed in the full 20-bit memory range.
7636@end itemize
7637@end table
7638
3a99f02f
DJ
7639@node Defining New Object Attributes
7640@section Defining New Object Attributes
7641
7642If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7643will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7644mailing list.
7645
7646@itemize @bullet
7647@item
7648This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7649@item
7650The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7651@item
7652The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7653and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7654@item
7655Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7656@item
7657@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7658@item
7659GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7660@end itemize
7661
7662@end ifset
7663
252b5132
RH
7664@ifset GENERIC
7665@node Machine Dependencies
7666@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7667
7668@cindex machine dependencies
7669The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7670each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7671vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7672directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7673assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7674@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7675optimization.
7676
7677This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7678include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7679subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7680
7681@menu
a06ea964
NC
7682@ifset AARCH64
7683* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7684@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7685@ifset ALPHA
7686* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7687@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7688@ifset ARC
7689* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7690@end ifset
7691@ifset ARM
7692* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7693@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7694@ifset AVR
7695* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7696@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7697@ifset Blackfin
7698* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7699@end ifset
f8861f5d
JM
7700@ifset BPF
7701* BPF-Dependent:: BPF Dependent Features
7702@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7703@ifset CR16
7704* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7705@end ifset
8bf549a8 7706@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7707* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7708@end ifset
b8891f8d
AJ
7709@ifset CSKY
7710* C-SKY-Dependent:: C-SKY Dependent Features
7711@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7712@ifset D10V
7713* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7714@end ifset
7715@ifset D30V
7716* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7717@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7718@ifset EPIPHANY
7719* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7720@end ifset
252b5132 7721@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7722* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7723@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7724@ifset HPPA
7725* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7726@end ifset
7727@ifset I80386
55b62671 7728* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7729@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7730@ifset IA64
7731* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7732@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7733@ifset IP2K
7734* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7735@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7736@ifset LM32
7737* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7738@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7739@ifset M32C
7740* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7741@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7742@ifset M32R
7743* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7744@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7745@ifset M680X0
7746* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7747@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7748@ifset M68HC11
7749* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7750@end ifset
7b4ae824 7751@ifset S12Z
905f5b3f 7752* S12Z-Dependent:: S12Z Dependent Features
7b4ae824 7753@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7754@ifset METAG
7755* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7756@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7757@ifset MICROBLAZE
7758* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7759@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7760@ifset MIPS
7761* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7762@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7763@ifset MMIX
7764* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7765@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7766@ifset MSP430
7767* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7768@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
7769@ifset NDS32
7770* NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features
7771@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7772@ifset NIOSII
7773* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7774@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7775@ifset NS32K
7776* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7777@end ifset
1f041c6e
SH
7778@ifset OPENRISC
7779* OpenRISC-Dependent:: OpenRISC 1000 Features
7780@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7781@ifset PDP11
7782* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7783@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7784@ifset PJ
7785* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7786@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7787@ifset PPC
7788* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7789@end ifset
93f11b16
DD
7790@ifset PRU
7791* PRU-Dependent:: PRU Dependent Features
7792@end ifset
4f7eddc4
PD
7793@ifset RISCV
7794* RISC-V-Dependent:: RISC-V Dependent Features
7795@end ifset
b57e49f7
JW
7796@ifset RL78
7797* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7798@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7799@ifset RX
7800* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7801@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7802@ifset S390
7803* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7804@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7805@ifset SCORE
7806* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7807@end ifset
d3b47e2b
L
7808@ifset SH
7809* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
d3b47e2b 7810@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7811@ifset SPARC
7812* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7813@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7814@ifset TIC54X
7815* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7816@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7817@ifset TIC6X
7818* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7819@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7820@ifset TILEGX
7821* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7822@end ifset
7823@ifset TILEPRO
7824* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7825@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7826@ifset V850
7827* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7828@end ifset
b6605ddd
EB
7829@ifset VAX
7830* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7831@end ifset
7832@ifset VISIUM
7833* Visium-Dependent:: Visium Dependent Features
7834@end ifset
f96bd6c2
PC
7835@ifset WASM32
7836* WebAssembly-Dependent:: WebAssembly Dependent Features
7837@end ifset
f6c1a2d5 7838@ifset XGATE
f96bd6c2 7839* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Dependent Features
f6c1a2d5 7840@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7841@ifset XSTORMY16
7842* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7843@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7844@ifset XTENSA
7845* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7846@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7847@ifset Z80
7848* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7849@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7850@ifset Z8000
7851* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7852@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7853@end menu
7854
7855@lowersections
7856@end ifset
7857
7858@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7859@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7860@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7861@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7862@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7863@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7864@c in both conditional blocks.
7865
a06ea964
NC
7866@ifset AARCH64
7867@include c-aarch64.texi
7868@end ifset
7869
625e1353
RH
7870@ifset ALPHA
7871@include c-alpha.texi
7872@end ifset
7873
7874@ifset ARC
7875@include c-arc.texi
7876@end ifset
7877
252b5132
RH
7878@ifset ARM
7879@include c-arm.texi
7880@end ifset
7881
8473f7a4
DC
7882@ifset AVR
7883@include c-avr.texi
7884@end ifset
7885
3b4e1885 7886@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7887@include c-bfin.texi
7888@end ifset
7889
f8861f5d
JM
7890@ifset BPF
7891@include c-bpf.texi
7892@end ifset
7893
3d3d428f
NC
7894@ifset CR16
7895@include c-cr16.texi
7896@end ifset
7897
328eb32e
HPN
7898@ifset CRIS
7899@include c-cris.texi
7900@end ifset
7901
b8891f8d
AJ
7902@ifset CSKY
7903@include c-csky.texi
7904@end ifset
7905
c2dcd04e 7906@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7907@ifclear GENERIC
7908@node Machine Dependencies
7909@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7910
c2dcd04e 7911The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7912and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7913chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7914family.
7915
7916@menu
c2dcd04e 7917* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7918* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7919@end menu
7920@lowersections
7921@end ifclear
7922@end ifset
7923
7924@ifset D10V
7925@include c-d10v.texi
7926@end ifset
7927
7928@ifset D30V
7929@include c-d30v.texi
7930@end ifset
7931
cfb8c092
NC
7932@ifset EPIPHANY
7933@include c-epiphany.texi
7934@end ifset
7935
252b5132
RH
7936@ifset H8/300
7937@include c-h8300.texi
7938@end ifset
7939
252b5132
RH
7940@ifset HPPA
7941@include c-hppa.texi
7942@end ifset
7943
7944@ifset I80386
7945@include c-i386.texi
7946@end ifset
7947
9e32ca89
NC
7948@ifset IA64
7949@include c-ia64.texi
7950@end ifset
7951
a40cbfa3
NC
7952@ifset IP2K
7953@include c-ip2k.texi
7954@end ifset
7955
84e94c90
NC
7956@ifset LM32
7957@include c-lm32.texi
7958@end ifset
7959
49f58d10
JB
7960@ifset M32C
7961@include c-m32c.texi
7962@end ifset
7963
ec694b89
NC
7964@ifset M32R
7965@include c-m32r.texi
7966@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7967
7968@ifset M680X0
7969@include c-m68k.texi
7970@end ifset
7971
60bcf0fa
NC
7972@ifset M68HC11
7973@include c-m68hc11.texi
7974@end ifset
7975
7b4ae824
JD
7976@ifset S12Z
7977@include c-s12z.texi
7978@end ifset
7979
a3c62988
NC
7980@ifset METAG
7981@include c-metag.texi
7982@end ifset
7983
01642c12 7984@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7985@include c-microblaze.texi
7986@end ifset
7987
252b5132
RH
7988@ifset MIPS
7989@include c-mips.texi
7990@end ifset
7991
3c3bdf30
NC
7992@ifset MMIX
7993@include c-mmix.texi
7994@end ifset
7995
2469cfa2
NC
7996@ifset MSP430
7997@include c-msp430.texi
7998@end ifset
7999
35c08157
KLC
8000@ifset NDS32
8001@include c-nds32.texi
8002@end ifset
8003
36591ba1
SL
8004@ifset NIOSII
8005@include c-nios2.texi
8006@end ifset
8007
252b5132
RH
8008@ifset NS32K
8009@include c-ns32k.texi
8010@end ifset
8011
1f041c6e
SH
8012@ifset OPENRISC
8013@include c-or1k.texi
8014@end ifset
8015
e135f41b
NC
8016@ifset PDP11
8017@include c-pdp11.texi
8018@end ifset
8019
041dd5a9
ILT
8020@ifset PJ
8021@include c-pj.texi
8022@end ifset
8023
418c1742
MG
8024@ifset PPC
8025@include c-ppc.texi
8026@end ifset
8027
93f11b16
DD
8028@ifset PRU
8029@include c-pru.texi
8030@end ifset
8031
4f7eddc4
PD
8032@ifset RISCV
8033@include c-riscv.texi
8034@end ifset
8035
b57e49f7
JW
8036@ifset RL78
8037@include c-rl78.texi
8038@end ifset
8039
046d31c2
NC
8040@ifset RX
8041@include c-rx.texi
8042@end ifset
8043
11c19e16
MS
8044@ifset S390
8045@include c-s390.texi
8046@end ifset
8047
c0157db4
NC
8048@ifset SCORE
8049@include c-score.texi
8050@end ifset
8051
252b5132
RH
8052@ifset SH
8053@include c-sh.texi
8054@end ifset
8055
8056@ifset SPARC
8057@include c-sparc.texi
8058@end ifset
8059
39bec121
TW
8060@ifset TIC54X
8061@include c-tic54x.texi
8062@end ifset
8063
40b36596
JM
8064@ifset TIC6X
8065@include c-tic6x.texi
8066@end ifset
8067
aa137e4d
NC
8068@ifset TILEGX
8069@include c-tilegx.texi
8070@end ifset
8071
8072@ifset TILEPRO
8073@include c-tilepro.texi
8074@end ifset
8075
b6605ddd
EB
8076@ifset V850
8077@include c-v850.texi
252b5132
RH
8078@end ifset
8079
8080@ifset VAX
8081@include c-vax.texi
8082@end ifset
8083
b6605ddd
EB
8084@ifset VISIUM
8085@include c-visium.texi
252b5132
RH
8086@end ifset
8087
f96bd6c2
PC
8088@ifset WASM32
8089@include c-wasm32.texi
8090@end ifset
8091
f6c1a2d5
NC
8092@ifset XGATE
8093@include c-xgate.texi
8094@end ifset
8095
6753e72f
NC
8096@ifset XSTORMY16
8097@include c-xstormy16.texi
8098@end ifset
8099
e0001a05
NC
8100@ifset XTENSA
8101@include c-xtensa.texi
8102@end ifset
8103
b6605ddd
EB
8104@ifset Z80
8105@include c-z80.texi
8106@end ifset
8107
8108@ifset Z8000
8109@include c-z8k.texi
8110@end ifset
8111
252b5132
RH
8112@ifset GENERIC
8113@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
8114@raisesections
8115@end ifset
8116
8117@node Reporting Bugs
8118@chapter Reporting Bugs
8119@cindex bugs in assembler
8120@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
8121
a4fb0134 8122Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
8123
8124Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
8125not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
8126entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
8127Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
8128
8129In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
8130information that enables us to fix the bug.
8131
8132@menu
8133* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
8134* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
8135@end menu
8136
8137@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 8138@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
8139@cindex bug criteria
8140
8141If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
8142
8143@itemize @bullet
8144@cindex fatal signal
8145@cindex assembler crash
8146@cindex crash of assembler
8147@item
8148If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 8149@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
8150
8151@cindex error on valid input
8152@item
a4fb0134 8153If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
8154
8155@cindex invalid input
8156@item
a4fb0134 8157If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
8158is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
8159be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
8160
8161@item
8162If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 8163of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
8164@end itemize
8165
8166@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 8167@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
8168@cindex bug reports
8169@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
8170
8171A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 8172you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
8173contact that organization first.
8174
8175You can find contact information for many support companies and
8176individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
8177distribution.
8178
ad22bfe8 8179@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 8180In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
8181to @value{BUGURL}.
8182@end ifset
252b5132
RH
8183
8184The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
8185@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
8186fact or leave it out, state it!
8187
8188Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
8189and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
8190name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
8191not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
8192happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
8193perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
8194the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
8195give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
8196and the most helpful.
8197
8198Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
8199it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
8200that the bug has not been reported previously.
8201
8202Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
8203bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
8204respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
8205You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
8206
8207To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
8208
8209@itemize @bullet
8210@item
a4fb0134 8211The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
8212it with the @samp{--version} argument.
8213
8214Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 8215the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
8216
8217@item
a4fb0134 8218Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
8219
8220@item
8221The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
8222version number.
8223
8224@item
a4fb0134 8225What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
8226``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
8227
8228@item
8229The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
8230observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
8231all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
8232
8233If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
8234and then we might not encounter the bug.
8235
8236@item
8237A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
8238the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
8239high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
8240when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
8241the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
8242file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 8243@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
8244
8245@item
8246A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
8247incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
8248
a4fb0134 8249Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
8250will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
8251notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
8252make a mistake.
8253
8254Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
8255explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 8256@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
8257library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
8258would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
8259would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
8260expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
8261observations.
8262
8263@item
a4fb0134 8264If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
8265diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
8266option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 8267discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
8268by line number.
8269
8270The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
8271sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
8272@end itemize
8273
8274Here are some things that are not necessary:
8275
8276@itemize @bullet
8277@item
8278A description of the envelope of the bug.
8279
8280Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
8281which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
8282changes will not affect it.
8283
8284This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
8285will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
8286with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
8287We recommend that you save your time for something else.
8288
8289Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
8290of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
8291output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
8292less time, and so on.
8293
8294However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
8295report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
8296
8297@item
8298A patch for the bug.
8299
8300A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
8301the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
8302a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
8303to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
8304
a4fb0134 8305Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
8306construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
8307the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
8308one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
8309
8310And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
8311patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
8312help us to understand.
8313
8314@item
8315A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
8316
8317Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
8318things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
8319@end itemize
8320
8321@node Acknowledgements
8322@chapter Acknowledgements
8323
653cfe85 8324If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 8325it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 8326maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
8327@c (October 2012),
8328the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
8329
8330Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
8331more details?}
8332
8333Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
8334information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
8335extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
8336
8337K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
8338many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
8339up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
8340testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
8341including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
8342and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
8343support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
8344port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
8345file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
8346assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
8347
8348Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
8349in format-specific I/O modules.
8350
8351The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
8352has done much work with it since.
8353
8354The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
8355
8356Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
8357
8358The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
8359University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
8360
8361Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
8362(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
8363(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
8364support a.out format.
8365
7be1c489
AM
8366Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
8367tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
8368Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
8369use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
8370targets.
8371
8372John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
8373simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
8374updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 8375fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
8376remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
8377cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
8378required the proverbial one-bit fix.
8379
8380Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
838168k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
8382added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
8383PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
8384
653cfe85 8385Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
8386
8387Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
8388
8389Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
8390along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
8391formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
8392the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
8393
8394Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
8395Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
8396Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
8397Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
8398and some initial 64-bit support).
8399
c1253627 8400Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 8401
252b5132
RH
8402Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
8403support for openVMS/Alpha.
8404
39bec121
TW
8405Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
8406flavors.
8407
e0001a05 8408David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 8409Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 8410
252b5132
RH
8411Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
8412configuration enhancements.
8413
84e94c90
NC
8414Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
8415
252b5132
RH
8416Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
8417you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
8418want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
8419intentionally leaving anyone out.
8420
793c5807
NC
8421@node GNU Free Documentation License
8422@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 8423@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 8424
370b66a1
CD
8425@node AS Index
8426@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
8427
8428@printindex cp
8429
252b5132
RH
8430@bye
8431@c Local Variables:
8432@c fill-column: 79
8433@c End:
This page took 1.465232 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.